EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1.CONTEXT OF THE DELEGATED ACT
1.1.General background and objective
The European Green Deal is a new growth strategy that aims to transform the EU into a fair and prosperous society, with a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy where there are no net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050, where the environment and the health of European citizens are protected, and where economic growth is achieved by the most efficient and sustainable use of natural resources. It also aims to protect, conserve and enhance the EU's natural capital, and protect the health and well-being of citizens from environment-related risks and impacts. In order to achieve this, we need to turn climate and environmental challenges into opportunities.
Other EU priorities include building an economy that works for the people, strengthening the EU’s social market economy, helping to ensure that it is future-ready and that it delivers stability, jobs, growth and investment. These goals are especially important considering the socio-economic damage caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the need for a sustainable, inclusive and fair recovery. Accordingly, it is important to make the transition to a more sustainable economic development just and inclusive for all.
Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council (the ‘Taxonomy Regulation’) was proposed as part of the Commission’s earlier Action Plan on ‘Financing Sustainable Growth’ of March 2018, launching an ambitious and comprehensive strategy for sustainable finance with the aim of redirecting capital flows to help generate sustainable and inclusive growth. The Taxonomy Regulation is an important enabler for scaling up sustainable investment and therefore implementing the European Green Deal as part of the EU’s response to the climate and environmental challenges. It provides uniform criteria for companies and investors on economic activities that can be considered environmentally sustainable (i.e. making a substantial contribution to EU environmental objectives such as climate change mitigation, while doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives), and thus aims to increase transparency and consistency in the classification of such activities and limit the risk of greenwashing and fragmentation in relevant markets. Investors may continue to invest as they wish and the Taxonomy Regulation does not imply any obligation on investors to invest only in those economic activities that meet specific criteria.
The economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of sustainable development and the need to redirect capital flows towards sustainable projects in order to make our economies, businesses and societies, including our health systems, more resilient against climate and environmental shocks and risks. In this way, the European Green Deal can provide for a strong and sustainable recovery strategy and the EU taxonomy can serve as an instrument to facilitate the role of financial markets in delivering such a recovery.
The Taxonomy Regulation establishes the framework for the EU taxonomy by setting out four conditions that an economic activity must meet in order to qualify as environmentally sustainable. A qualifying activity must:
(i)
contribute substantially to one or more of the six environmental objectives set out in Article 9 of the Taxonomy Regulation in accordance with Articles 10 to 16 of that Regulation;
(ii)
do no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives set out in Article 9 of the Taxonomy Regulation in accordance with Article 17 of that Regulation;
(iii)
be carried out in compliance with minimum (social) safeguards set out in Article 18 of the Taxonomy Regulation; and
(iv)
comply with technical screening criteria established by the Commission through delegated acts in accordance with Articles 10 (3), 11(3), 12(2), 13(2), 14(2) or 15(2) of the Taxonomy Regulation. The technical screening criteria need to specify the performance requirements for any economic activity that determine under what conditions that activity (i) makes a substantial contribution to a given environmental objective; and (ii) does not significantly harm the other objectives.
This Delegated Regulation specifies the technical screening criteria under which certain economic activities qualify as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation and for determining whether those economic activities cause significant harm to any of the other relevant environmental objectives.
In accordance with Article 19(5) of the Taxonomy Regulation, the Commission shall regularly review the technical screening criteria, including at least every three years in the case of activities labelled as transitional according to Article 10(2), and where appropriate, amend this Delegated Regulation in line with scientific and technological developments. These updates shall be developed based on input from the Platform on Sustainable Finance and take into account the experience of financial market participants with the criteria and the impact on channelling of investments into environmentally sustainable economic activities.
1.2.Legal background
This Delegated Regulation is based on the empowerments set out in Articles 10(3) and 11(3) of the Taxonomy Regulation. The technical screening criteria are set in accordance with the requirements of Article 19 of that Regulation.
In accordance with Article 31 of the Inter-institutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making, this Delegated Regulation combines in a single act two interrelated empowerments of the Taxonomy Regulation, namely Articles 10(3) and 11(3) on the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation respectively. The Taxonomy Regulation requires the Commission to adopt delegated acts on these points by 31 December 2020. Further empowerments to adopt delegated acts in the Taxonomy Regulation have different timelines and will be acted upon at a later stage. These empowerments relate to the technical screening criteria for the remaining environmental objectives and to information to be disclosed by undertakings subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive, in their non-financial statements or consolidated non-financial statements, on whether and to what degree their activities align with the Taxonomy.
2.CONSULTATIONS PRIOR TO THE ADOPTION OF THE ACT
This delegated act builds on the recommendations of the Technical Expert Group on Sustainable Finance (TEG), a Commission expert group composed of diverse private and public sector stakeholders set up in 2018. The mission of the TEG included helping the Commission to develop the EU taxonomy in line with the Commission's legislative proposals of May 2018 and taking into account the objectives of the European Green Deal.
The TEG published two interim versions of its recommendations in its reports of December 2018 and in June 2019. Both reports were subject to an open call for feedback, to which 257 and 830 responses were received, respectively. During its mandate, the TEG also engaged with over 200 additional experts to develop recommendations for the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation. The Commission also organised two meetings with stakeholders to gather views on the TEG report in June 2019 and in March 2020.
On 9 March 2020, the TEG published its final report. Member States were given the opportunity to provide feedback on the final TEG recommendations at the meeting of the Member States Expert Group in May 2020, with observers from the European Parliament.
The Commission published the inception impact assessment in March 2020, and extended the opportunity to provide feedback until the end of April 2020 due to the outbreak of COVID-19. There were 409 respondents in total.
In accordance with the Better Regulation rules, the draft delegated act was published on the Better Regulation portal for a four-week feedback period between 20 November and 18 December 2020. In total, 46591 stakeholders provided feedback. The draft delegated act was also discussed with the Platform on Sustainable Finance on 4 December 2020. Furthermore, the draft delegated act was presented to and discussed with the Member States’ experts and observers from the European Parliament, at several meetings of the Member States Expert Group on 10 December 2020, on 26 January 2021, 26 February 2021 and 24 March 2021.
Overall, the large volume of feedback received confirmed the importance of the Taxonomy as a tool to help finance flow towards more sustainable economic activities and accelerate the transition under the European Green Deal. Several concerns were also expressed, with a large polarisation between those proposing more or less ambitious criteria. Some considered the calibration of some of the criteria for various activities as insufficiently ambitious. On the other hand, others considered some of the criteria as too ambitious, complex or narrow. Concerns were also raised as to the potential implications for stakeholders whose activities would not qualify under the Taxonomy as environmentally sustainable. Many also focused on usability of the criteria and technical clarifications.
Based on careful examination of the feedback received, a targeted recalibration of some of the criteria, as well as other improvements and modifications, have been made throughout the Delegated Regulation. These concern numerous technical clarifications and simplification of the criteria, greater consistency with existing sectoral legislation, including references to upcoming reviews, and relevant national requirements to reflect subsidiarity, as well as improved coherence in the definition and presentation of various activities, including those labelled as transitional and enabling activities.
The energy sector criteria were the most commented on, followed by agriculture and transport. Many comments were also related to the criteria for forestry, manufacturing, and buildings. A complete summary of the feedback and main changes across different sectors is set out in Annex 2.10 of the impact assessment accompanying this Delegated Regulation.
Agriculture
It was decided to remove the criteria on this occasion for agriculture activities from the Delegated Regulation pending further progress on the negotiations underway on the Common agricultural policy (CAP), and in order to achieve greater coherence across the different instruments to achieve the environmental and climate ambitions of the Green Deal.
Forestry
Based on the feedback provided, changes were introduced to reduce complexity and burdens notably for smaller forest holdings, extend the timeframe for demonstrating the climate benefits of forestry, rely more on existing sustainability criteria under the recast Renewable Energy Directive, and clarify key concepts designed to ensure a substantial environmental contribution. Future developments in sustainability criteria for forestry will be taken into account in revisions of this Delegated Regulation.
Manufacturing
Feedback mostly focused on the criteria for the manufacture of iron and steel, aluminium, plastics, chemicals and other low carbon technologies. Notably, upon reflection, the use of EU emissions trading scheme (ETS) benchmarks was confirmed, in the absence of objective alternatives to ensure environmental ambition. Future revisions of the criteria will examine whether the technical screening criteria should be based on other relevant standards, considering life-cycle emissions and technological developments. Adjustments were introduced, for example, to better recognise different manufacturing processes and delineate distinct activities, widen the scope of some activities e.g. revise the emissions threshold for the production of hydrogen and allow sustainably sourced food and feed crops in the manufacturing of plastics and organic chemicals.
Energy
The cross-cutting 100gCO2e/kWh lifecycle emissions threshold for energy activities was maintained, except where evidence clearly shows relevant technologies to be well below this level. Bioenergy is no longer labelled as transitional and the criteria for bioenergy were aligned more closely with applicable EU legislation, while those of hydropower were made more context-specific and likewise more aligned with existing EU law.
Transport
Based on the wide range and diversity of the feedback, changes were mostly technical. For example, electrified rail and zero tailpipe emission transport is no longer labelled “transitional”, the inclusion of waterway infrastructure in the climate change adaptation annex is broadened, the criteria for DNSH to biodiversity for maritime transport activities are improved, and the criteria for interurban coaches were adjusted to reflect its role in modal shift.
Buildings
Based on the feedback provided, notably on the acquisition and ownership of buildings, it was decided to follow the TEG proposal and include also the buildings within the top 15% in terms of energy performance on a national or regional scale. Technical adjustments were also introduced e.g. for water consumption criteria and energy efficiency equipment of buildings.
Horizontal issue – use of criteria to determine what counts as taxonomy-aligned
A key concern in the feedback involved how and when economic operators can count their activities as taxonomy-aligned. This also springs from the need to clarify how the taxonomy framework and the broader sustainable finance framework could enable financing the transition of companies at different starting points, a topic addressed further in the Communication accompanying the Delegated Regulation.
Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation requires undertakings subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD) to disclose information on how and to what extent their activities are associated with environmentally sustainable economic activities according to the technical screening criteria. Paragraph 2 of Article 8 specifies that in particular non-financial undertakings shall disclose the proportion of their turnover, capital expenditures (capex) and operational expenditures (opex) associated with activities included in the taxonomy. Paragraph 4 of Article 8 empowers the Commission to adopt a delegated act to specify the content, presentation and methodology of the information to be disclosed by non-financial undertakings and to define equivalent and appropriate information requirements for financial undertakings subject to the NFRD. The forthcoming delegated act under Article 8(4) will therefore set out when and how relevant turnover and expenditures associated with activities included in this Delegated Regulation count as taxonomy-aligned. The following paragraphs provide an indicative explanation, with some examples, but do not concern changes made to the technical screening criteria in this Delegated Regulation as a result of the feedback.
When an activity complies with the technical screening criteria in this Delegated Regulation, the undertaking should be able to count as taxonomy-aligned both the turnover from these activities as well as any capital expenditure (and specific operational expenditure) related to expanding these activities and maintaining these activities as taxonomy-aligned. Thus, an undertaking could count turnover from the sale of a taxonomy-aligned product or service, as well as expenditure related to the maintenance and/or expansion of the service or production process as taxonomy-aligned. However, for the environmental objective of climate change adaptation (unless for enabling activities), only expenditures related to making an activity climate-resilient should count, not the turnover associated with that activity, unless it also qualifies as environmentally sustainable for its substantial contribution to another environmental objective. This is because allowing for turnover from an entire “adapted” activity to count without including any further criteria would be misleading: once the “substantial contribution” to adaptation of an activity is made (i.e. it has been made resilient to climate change), in most cases it is unlikely that the turnover associated with that activity (which may or may not have environmental benefits) would count as green. Thus, for example, a manufacturing plant which does not comply with the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation but is being renovated to improve its resilience against climate change could count expenditure linked to that renovation but not the turnover linked to its activity as a manufacturer, even after the plant has been made climate-resilient.
Further, when an undertaking performing an activity which does not yet comply with the technical screening criteria for substantial contribution sets out an investment plan to achieve compliance with the criteria over a defined time period, the undertaking could count the expenditure (capex and relevant opex) related to the improvements in the environmental performance of the activity set out in the plan as Taxonomy-aligned. This helps undertakings communicate credibly to investors and lenders regarding their plans to reach taxonomy-alignment, allowing for the recognition of efforts aimed at upgrading activities from their current environmental performance to the level of performance set by taxonomy criteria. Until an activity complies with the criteria, however, the turnover from the activity cannot be counted as taxonomy-aligned. Such turnover could only be counted once the activity complies with the criteria, that is once the plan has been successfully implemented. Finally, undertakings active in sectors that are not included in taxonomy could also disclose as taxonomy-aligned their expenditure in the purchase of the outputs of other activities that are taxonomy-aligned. Thus any undertaking whose activities are not covered by the taxonomy could count and disclose as taxonomy-aligned relevant expenditures in, for example, the purchase and installation of solar panels, energy efficient heating systems or energy efficient windows from manufacturers that comply with taxonomy criteria for these activities.
3.IMPACT ASSESSMENT
The Commission carried out a proportionate impact assessment to inform and accompany the Delegated Regulation. The impact assessment took account of the fact that the key elements of the EU taxonomy have been set by the European Parliament and the Council in the Taxonomy Regulation. The Regulation sets out inter alia the environmental objectives, the concepts of substantial contribution and ‘do no significant harm’, and the requirements for technical screening criteria. These requirements frame the discretion of the Commission in formulating the Delegated Regulation.
The impact assessment examined in detail the main technical input for this Delegated Regulation, namely the preparatory work that has been carried out by the TEG. The TEG report provided the methodology for selecting sectors and economic activities. It also provided recommendations for technical screening criteria for 70 economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change mitigation and 68 economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change adaptation. The final report also comprised detailed recommendations on the use of NACE codes to classify economic activities and a usability guide for the application of the EU Taxonomy by companies and financial market participants.
While the impact assessment concluded that the Commission should generally follow the TEG’s recommendations, it also helped conclude that this Delegated Regulation should deviate from the TEG report in some instances to better align with the requirements for technical screening criteria set out in the Taxonomy Regulation, notably in Article 19. The impact assessment recommended to include certain additional activities for climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation to cover further activities with significant potential while preserving the coherence of EU taxonomy. Certain activities from the TEG report, for which a complex and in-depth technical assessment still needs to be completed, have not been included in this Delegated Regulation.
Furthermore, the analysis in the accompanying impact assessment helped inform how to set certain criteria for defining a substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation for certain activities. Some changes were also made to the ‘do no significant harm’ criteria in comparison to the TEG recommendations in order to ensure usability and proportionality.
The TEG recommendations on technical screening criteria were duly assessed in the impact assessment report against the detailed requirements of Article 19 of the Taxonomy Regulation. In particular, the analysis retained criteria that were considered to be consistent with EU legislation, reflect a high level of environmental ambition, promote a level playing field, and be easy for economic operators and investors to use.
The effectiveness of the EU taxonomy hinges on its uptake by market participants. The Commission carried out an indicative analysis of potential benefits and costs of the proposed approach as part of the impact assessment, focused on the calibration of the technical screening criteria against the requirements of the Taxonomy Regulation. This calibration can influence the levels of uptake by ensuing robust technical screening criteria, that would provide market players with relevant information when making decisions on sustainable investments. Improved transparency and consistency provided by the taxonomy criteria will therefore likely reduce costs for investors to identify, and for corporates to fund, environmentally sustainable activities. Environmental and social benefits are then likely to arise from an increase in capital flows to environmentally sustainable activities, thereby helping to deliver a cleaner, healthier and more climate-resilient living environment.
The Delegated Regulation in itself does not generate any new direct costs. However, costs will arise from the requirements of the Taxonomy Regulation, in particular for companies falling under the scope of the Non-Financial Reporting Directive and for financial market participants to collect and disclose taxonomy-relevant information. This would imply both one-off and ongoing costs for entities within the scope of these provisions.
Following a first negative opinion, the impact assessment received a positive opinion with reservations upon the second submission to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board.
In response to the two opinions issued by the Board, the report improved in various aspects. Notably, the logic for prioritising and including sectors and economic activities was explained more clearly for both climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation. The assessment of the technical screening criteria against the requirements of the Taxonomy Regulation was strengthened and the analytical basis for the assessment of the different approaches to set criteria was more substantiated. Likewise, the explanations of the deviations from the TEG’s recommendations were made with regard to how the recommended technical screening criteria and subsequent deviations align to the Taxonomy Regulation’s requirements. Estimations of the coverage of the economy by EU taxonomy were presented in more detail in the impact assessment report. In general, more thorough explanations and examples were included with regards to the application of the criteria of the taxonomy. In addition, the monitoring and evaluation framework was refined. In particular, a mechanism was proposed that would allow the Platform on Sustainable Finance to give technical and appropriate feedback on stakeholder concerns regarding possible unintended impacts of the EU taxonomy.
4.LEGAL ELEMENTS OF THE DELEGATED ACT
The right to adopt delegated acts is provided for under Articles 10(3) and 11(3) of the Taxonomy Regulation.
Article 1 lays down the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation.
Article 2 lays down the technical screening criteria for climate change adaptation.
COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) …/...
of 4.6.2021
supplementing Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council by establishing the technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, and in particular Articles 10(3) and 11(3) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)Regulation (EU) 2020/852 establishes the general framework for determining whether an economic activity qualifies as environmentally sustainable for the purposes of establishing the degree to which an investment is environmentally sustainable. That Regulation applies to measures adopted by the Union or by Member States that set out requirements for financial market participants or issuers in respect of financial products or corporate bonds that are made available as environmentally sustainable, to financial market participants that make available financial products, and to undertakings that are subject to the obligation to publish a non-financial statement pursuant to Article 19a of Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council or a consolidated non-financial statement pursuant to Article 29a of that Directive. Economic operators or public authorities that are not covered by Regulation (EU) 2020/852 may also apply that Regulation on a voluntary basis.
(2)Articles 10(3) and 11(3) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 require the Commission to adopt delegated acts establishing the technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which a specific economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation, respectively, and to establish, for each relevant environmental objective laid down in Article 9 of that Regulation, technical screening criteria for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to one or more of those environmental objectives.
(3)Pursuant to Article 19(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the technical screening criteria are to take into account the nature and the scale of the economic activity and sector that they refer to, and whether the economic activity is a transitional economic activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, or an enabling activity as referred to in Article 16 of that Regulation. For the technical screening criteria to meet the requirements of Article 19 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 in an effective and balanced way they should be set as a quantitative threshold or minimum requirement, as a relative improvement, as a set of qualitative performance requirements, as process or practice-based requirements, or as a precise description of the nature of the economic activity itself where that activity by its nature can contribute substantially to climate change mitigation.
(4)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation should ensure that the economic activity makes a positive impact on the climate objective or reduces negative impact on the climate objective. Those technical screening criteria should therefore refer to thresholds or performance levels that the economic activity should achieve in order to qualify as contributing substantially to one of those climate objectives. The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ should ensure that the economic activity has no significant negative environmental impact. Consequently, those technical screening criteria should specify the minimum requirements that the economic activity should meet in order to qualify as environmentally sustainable.
(5)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation and does no significant harm to any of the environmental objectives should build, where relevant, on existing Union law, best practices, standards and methodologies, as well as on well-established standards, practices and methodologies developed by internationally reputed public entities. Where objectively there are no viable alternatives for a specific policy area, the technical screening criteria could also build on well-established standards developed by internationally reputed private bodies.
(6)In order to ensure a level playing field, the same categories of economic activities should be subject to the same technical screening criteria for each climate objective. It is therefore necessary that the technical screening criteria, where possible, follow the classification of economic activities laid down in the NACE Revision 2 classification system of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council. To facilitate the identification by undertakings and financial market participants of the relevant economic activities for which technical screening criteria should be established, the specific description of an economic activity should also include the references to NACE codes that can be associated with that activity. Those references should be understood as indicative and should not prevail over the specific definition of the activity provided in its description.
(7)The technical screening criteria for determining under which conditions an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation should reflect the need to avoid producing greenhouse gas emissions, to reduce such emissions or to increase greenhouse gas removals and long-term carbon storage. It is therefore appropriate to focus first on those economic activities and sectors that have the greatest potential to achieve those aims. The choice of those economic activities and sectors should be based on their share of overall greenhouse gas emissions, and on evidence regarding their potential to contribute to avoid producing greenhouse gas emissions, to reduce such emissions or to contribute to greenhouse gas removal, or to enable such avoidance, reduction, removal or long-term storage for other activities.
(8)The methodology to calculate life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions should be robust and widely applicable and thereby promote the comparability of greenhouse gas emissions calculations within and across sectors. It is therefore appropriate to demand the same calculation methodology across activities, where such calculation is required, while providing sufficient flexibility for entities applying Regulation (EU) 2020/852. Accordingly, the Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU is useful for the calculation of life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions, with, as an alternative, the possibility to use ISO 14067 or ISO 14064-1 standards. Where alternative well‑established tools or standards are particularly suitable to provide exact and comparable information on the calculation of life-cycle greenhouse gas emission for a specific sector, such as the G-res tool for the hydropower sector and the ETSI standard ES 203 199 for the information and communication sector, it is appropriate to include such tool or standards as additional alternatives for that sector.
(9)The methodology to calculate life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions for activities in the hydropower sector should reflect the specificities of that sector, including new modelling methodologies, scientific knowledge and empirical measurements from reservoirs worldwide. To allow accurate reporting on the net impact on greenhouse gas emissions for the hydropower sector, it is therefore appropriate to allow for the use of the G-res tool that is publicly available free of charge and has been developed by the International Hydropower Association in collaboration with the UNESCO Chair for Global Environmental Change.
(10)The methodology to calculate life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions for activities in the information and communication sector should reflect the specificities of that sector, in particular the specialised work and guidance that has been provided by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) for the operation of life-cycle assessments in the information and communication sector. It is therefore appropriate to allow for the use of the ETSI standard ES 203 199 as a methodology to accurately calculate greenhouse gas emissions for that sector.
(11)The technical screening criteria for certain activities rely on elements of considerable technical complexity and the assessment whether those criteria have been complied with may require expert knowledge and may not be feasible for investors. To facilitate that assessment, the compliance with such technical screening criteria for such activities should be verified by an independent third party.
(12)Enabling economic activities as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 do not substantially contribute to climate change mitigation through their own performance. Such activities play a crucial role in the decarbonisation of the economy by directly enabling other activities to be carried out at a low carbon level of environmental performance. Technical screening criteria should therefore be established for those economic activities which play an essential role in enabling the target activities to become low-carbon or to lead to greenhouse gas reductions. Those technical screening criteria should ensure that an activity complying with them respects the safeguards of Article 16 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, in particular that the activity does not lead to a lock-in of assets and has a substantial positive environmental impact.
(13)Transitional economic activities as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 cannot yet be replaced by technologically and economically feasible low-carbon alternatives but support the transition to a climate-neutral economy. Those activities can play a crucial role in mitigating climate change by substantially reducing their currently high carbon footprint, including by helping to phase out reliance on fossil fuels. Technical screening criteria should therefore be established for those economic activities, where near-zero carbon solutions are not yet viable or where near-zero carbon activities exist, but are not yet practicable at scale, that have the highest potential for significant greenhouse gas reductions. Those technical screening criteria should ensure that an activity complying with them respects the safeguards of Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, in particular that the activity has the greenhouse gas emissions corresponding to the best performance in the sector or industry, does not hamper the development and deployment of low-carbon alternatives and does not lead to a lock-in of carbon-intensive assets.
(14)In view of the ongoing negotiations underway on the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP), and in order to achieve greater coherence across the different instruments to achieve the environmental and climate ambitions of the Green Deal, the establishment of the technical screening criteria for agriculture should be delayed.
(15)Forests are under increasing pressure as a result of climate change, which aggravates other key drivers of pressures such as pests, diseases, extreme weather events and forest fires. Other pressures come from rural abandonment, lack of management and fragmentation due to land use changes, increasing management intensity due to rising demand for wood, forest products and energy, infrastructure development, urbanisation and land take. At the same time, forests play a crucial role for reaching the Union’s objectives of reversing biodiversity loss and enhancing ambition on climate change mitigation and adaptation, reducing and controlling disaster risk due in particular to floods, droughts or wildfires and promoting a circular bioeconomy. To reach climate neutrality and a healthy environment, it is necessary to improve both the quality and the quantity of forest areas that are the largest carbon sink in the land use, land use change and forestry (‘LULUCF’) sector. Forest-related activities can contribute to climate change mitigation by increasing net removals of carbon dioxide, by preserving carbon stocks, and by providing materials and renewable energy, generating co-benefits for climate change adaptation, biodiversity, circular economy, sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, and pollution prevention and control. Technical screening criteria should therefore be laid down for afforestation, forest restoration, forest management and forest conservation activities. Those technical screening criteria should be fully in line with Union’s climate change adaptation, biodiversity and circular economy objectives.
(16)To measure the evolution of greenhouse gas emission savings and carbon stock in forest ecosystems, it is appropriate that forest owners should perform a climate benefit analysis. In order to reflect proportionality and minimise administrative burden for small-scale forest owners in particular, forest holdings below 13 hectares should not be required to perform a climate benefit analysis. In order to reduce administrative costs further, smaller forest owners should be allowed to perform a group assessment with other holdings to certify their calculations, performed every 10 years. Adequate free-of charge tools, such as tools provided by the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO), based on data of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), are available to estimate the magnitude of costs and minimise costs and burdens for small-scale foresters. The tool can notably be adapted to different levels of analysis, such as specific values and detailed calculation for big holdings, default values and simplified calculation for smaller owners.
(17)In the follow-up to communications from the Commission of 11 December 2019 ‘The European Green Deal’, of 20 May 2020 on ‘EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030’ and of 17 September 2020 ‘Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition – Investing in a climate-neutral future for the benefit of our people’, in line with Union wider biodiversity and climate neutrality ambitions, with the communication from the Commission of 24 February 2021 ‘Forging a climate-resilient Europe – the new EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change, and with the new Forests Strategy planned in 2021, technical screening criteria for forest activities should be complemented, reviewed and where necessary revised at the time of adoption of the delegated act referred to in Article 15(2) of Regulation 2020/852. Those technical screening criteria should be reviewed to take better into account biodiversity friendly practices that are under development such as close to nature forestry.
(18)Given its importance for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and for strengthening land carbon sinks, wetland restoration has a potential to contribute substantially to climate change mitigation. Wetlands restoration can also deliver benefits for climate change adaptation, including through buffering climate change impacts, and help to reverse the loss of biodiversity and to preserve water quantity and quality. To ensure coherence with the ‘The European Green Deal’, with the communication ‘Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition’ and with the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, technical screening criteria should also cover the restoration of wetlands.
(19)The manufacturing sector emits approximately 21% of direct greenhouse gas emissions in the Union. It is the third largest source of those emissions in the Union and thus can play a pivotal role in climate change mitigation. At the same time, manufacturing can be a key sector in enabling greenhouse gas emission avoidance and reductions in other sectors of the economy by manufacturing the products and technologies that those other sectors need in order to become or remain low-carbon. The technical screening criteria for the manufacturing sector should therefore be specified both for manufacturing activities associated with the highest levels of greenhouse gas emissions and for manufacturing of low-carbon products and technologies.
(20)Manufacturing activities for which there are no technologically and economically feasible low-carbon alternatives but that support the transition to a climate-neutral economy should be considered transitional economic activities, as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. To encourage the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the thresholds of the technical screening criteria for those activities should be set at a level that will only be achievable by the best performers of each sector, in most cases based on greenhouse gas emissions per unit of output produced.
(21)In order to ensure that transitional manufacturing activities as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 remain on a credible pathway to decarbonisation and in accordance with Article 19(5) of that Regulation, the technical screening criteria for those economic activities should be reviewed at a minimum, every three years. That review should include an analysis of whether the technical screening criteria are underpinned by the most relevant standards and whether life-cycle emissions from those activities are sufficiently taken into account. That review should also assess the potential use of captured carbon, in the light of technology development. For manufacturing of iron and steel, new data and evidences from low-carbon steel pilot production processes using hydrogen should be further considered and the use of EU emissions trading scheme and of other possible benchmarks in the technical screening criteria should be further assessed.
(22)For manufacturing activities that are to be considered to be the enabling activities referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the technical screening criteria should be based predominantly on the nature of the manufactured products, combined, where appropriate, with additional quantitative thresholds to ensure that those products can make a substantial contribution to avoidance or reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors. In order to reflect the fact that priority is given to activities that have the greatest potential to avoid producing greenhouse gas emissions, to reduce such emissions or to increase greenhouse gas removals and long-term carbon storage, the enabling manufacturing activities should focus on the manufacturing of products that are necessary for those economic activities to be carried out.
(23)The manufacturing of electrical equipment for electricity plays an important role for the upgrade, uptake and compensation of fluctuations of the electricity provided by the renewable sources of energy in the Union electric grids, the recharging of the zero emissions vehicles and deployment of smart, green house applications. At the same time, manufacturing of electrical equipment for electricity might enable the development of the smart housing concept with the objective of further promoting the use of renewable sources of energy and the good management of home equipment. It might therefore be necessary to complement the technical screening criteria in the manufacturing sector and to assess the potential of the manufacture of electrical equipment to make a substantial contribution to the climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation.
(24)Energy efficiency measures and other climate change mitigation measures, such as deployment of on-site renewable energy technologies, and existing state-of-the-art technologies can lead to significant greenhouse gas emission reductions in the manufacturing sector. Therefore, those measures can play an important role to help economic activities in the manufacturing sector for which technical screening criteria should be established, to reach their respective performance standards and thresholds for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation.
(25)The energy sector accounts for approximately 22% of direct greenhouse gas emissions in the Union and for approximately 75% of those emissions when taking into account the use of energy in other sectors. It thus plays a key role in climate change mitigation. The energy sector has significant potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and several activities in that sector act as enabling activities that facilitate the transition of the energy sector towards renewable or low-carbon electricity or heat. It is therefore appropriate to establish technical screening criteria for a wide range of activities related to the energy supply chain, ranging from electricity or heat generation from different sources, through transmission and distribution networks to storage, as well as heat pumps and the manufacture of biogas and biofuels.
(26)The technical screening criteria for determining whether electricity or heat generation activities, including cogeneration activities, contribute substantially to climate change mitigation should ensure that greenhouse gas emissions are reduced or avoided. Technical screening criteria based on greenhouse gas emissions should signal the decarbonisation pathway for those activities. The technical screening criteria for enabling activities that facilitate the long-term decarbonisation should predominantly be based on the nature of the activity or on the best available technologies.
(27)Regulation (EU) 2020/852 recognises the importance of ‘climate-neutral energy’ and requires the Commission to assess the potential contribution and feasibility of all relevant existing technologies. For nuclear energy, that assessment is still ongoing and, as soon as the dedicated process is complete, the Commission will follow up based on its results in the context of this Regulation.
(28)The legal boundaries for transitional activities set out in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 provide constraints in respect to greenhouse gas intensive activities with large potential for emission reduction. Such transitional activities should make a substantial contribution to climate change mitigation where no technologically and economically feasible low carbon alternative exists, provided they are compatible with a pathway to limit the temperature increase to 1,5 °C above pre-industrial levels, reflect best-in-class performance, do not hamper the development and deployment of low-carbon alternatives and do not lead to lock-in of carbon-intensive assets. In addition, Article 19 of the same Regulation requires, in particular, that the technical screening criteria should be based on conclusive scientific evidence. Where natural gas activities fulfil those requirements, they will be included in a future delegated act. For these activities, the technical screening criteria for assessing substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and ‘do no significant harm’ to other environmental objectives will be specified in that future delegated act. Activities that do not meet these requirements cannot be recognised under the Regulation (EU) 2020/852. In order to acknowledge the role of natural gas as an important technology in reducing greenhouse gas emissions, the Commission will consider a specific legislation to ensure that activities contributing to emissions reductions would not be deprived of appropriate financing.
(29)The technical screening criteria for electricity or heat generation activities as well as for transmission and distribution networks should ensure coherence with the Communication from the Commission of 14 October 2020 on an EU strategy to reduce methane emissions. It may therefore be necessary to review, complement, and, where necessary, revise those technical screening criteria to reflect any future metrics and requirements established as follow-up to that strategy.
(30)The technical screening criteria for the production of heating, cooling and power from bioenergy and the production of biofuels and biogas for transport should be consistent with the comprehensive sustainability framework for those sectors laid down under Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council, setting requirements for sustainable harvesting, carbon accounting and greenhouse gas emission savings.
(31)In the follow-up of to the European Green Deal, the European Climate Law proposal, the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, and in accordance with the biodiversity and climate neutrality ambitions of the Union, technical screening criteria for bioenergy activities should be complemented, reviewed and where necessary revised to take into account the latest evidence base and policy developments at the time of adoption of the delegated act referred to in Article 15(2) of Regulation 2020/852 and taking into account relevant Union law, including Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and its future revisions.
(32)Greenhouse gas emissions in the Union stemming from the water, sewerage, waste and remediation sector are relatively small. That sector nevertheless has a great potential to contribute to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors, particularly through the provision of secondary raw materials to replace virgin raw materials, through replacing fossil-based products, fertiliser and energy, and through the transport and permanent storage of captured carbon dioxide. Furthermore, activities involving anaerobic digestion as well as composting of separately collected bio-waste, which avoid landfilling of bio-waste are particularly important for reducing methane emissions. The technical screening criteria for waste activities should therefore recognise those activities as substantially contributing to climate change mitigation, provided that those activities apply certain best practices for that sector. Those technical screening criteria should also ensure that waste treatment options are in line with higher levels of the waste hierarchy. The technical screening criteria should recognise as substantially contributing to climate change mitigation those activities that process a uniformly set minimum share of sorted separately collected non-hazardous waste into secondary raw materials. However, it is not possible at this stage for technical screening criteria based on a uniformly set target for reprocessing waste to address fully the climate mitigation potential of individual material streams. It may therefore be necessary to further assess and review those technical screening criteria. The uniformly set target should be without prejudice to waste management targets addressed to Member States in Union legislation on waste. For activities related to water collection, treatment and supply as well as centralised waste water treatment systems, those technical screening criteria should take into account absolute performance and relative performance improvement targets in relation to energy consumption and alternative metrics, where relevant, such as leakage levels in water supply systems.
(33)Transport operations consume one third of all energy in the Union and account for approximately 23% of total direct greenhouse gas emissions in the Union. Decarbonising the transport fleet and infrastructure can therefore play a central role in climate change mitigation. Technical screening criteria for the transport sector should focus on reducing the main emission sources from that sector, while also considering the need to shift the transport of people and goods to lower emission modes and for the creation of an infrastructure that enables clean mobility. Technical screening criteria for the transport sector should therefore focus on the performance within one transport mode, while also taking into account the performance of that transport mode in comparison with other transport modes.
(34)Given their potential to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and thus contribute to greening the transport sector, maritime shipping and aviation constitute important transport modes for the transition to a low-carbon economy. According to the communication from the Commission of 9 December 2020 ‘Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy– putting European transport on track for the future’, zero emission vessels are expected to become ready for market by 2030. According to that strategy, large zero-emission aircrafts are expected to become ready for market by 2035 for short distance, while for longer distance decarbonisation is expected to rely on renewable and low-carbon fuels. Separate studies have also been conducted on sustainable financing criteria for those sectors. Therefore, maritime shipping should be considered as a transitional economic activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. Shipping is one of the least carbon intensive ways to transport goods. To ensure equal treatment of shipping in comparison with other modes of transport, technical screening criteria for maritime transport should be established and should be applicable until the end of 2025. It will however be necessary to further assess maritime shipping and, where appropriate, to establish technical screening criteria for maritime shipping applicable as of 2026. It will also be necessary to further assess aviation and, where appropriate, to establish relevant technical screening criteria. Furthermore, the technical screening criteria should be established for low carbon transport infrastructure for certain modes of transport. However, in light of the potential of transport infrastructure to contribute to modal shift, it will be necessary to assess and where appropriate establish relevant technical screening criteria for overall infrastructure that is essential for low carbon transport modes, notably inland waterways. Depending on the outcome of the technical assessment, relevant technical screening criteria should also be established for the economic activities referred to in this recital at the time of adoption of the delegated act referred to in Articles 12(2), 13(2), 14(2) and 15(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
(35)To ensure that the transport activities considered as sustainable do not facilitate the use of fossil fuels, the technical screening criteria for the relevant activities should exclude assets, operations and infrastructure dedicated to transport of fossil fuels. While applying this criterion, it is necessary to recognise the multiple uses, different ownership, user arrangements and fuels blending rates, in line with the relevant existing market practices. The Platform on Sustainable Finance should assess the usability of this criterion in the context of fulfilling its mandate.
(36)Buildings across all sectors in the Union are responsible for 40% of energy consumption and 36% of carbon emissions. Buildings can therefore play an important role in climate change mitigation. Technical screening criteria should therefore be laid down for the construction of new buildings, for building renovation, installation of different energy efficiency equipment, on-site renewables, provision of energy services, and for the acquisition and ownership of buildings. Those technical screening criteria should be based on the potential impact of those activities, on the energy performance of buildings and on related greenhouse gas emissions and embedded carbon. For new buildings, it might be necessary to review the technical screening criteria to ensure that those criteria remain aligned with the Union climate and energy targets.
(37)The construction of an asset or facility that is an integral part of an activity, for which technical screening criteria determining under which conditions that activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation should be established, may represent an important condition for that economic activity to be carried out. It is therefore appropriate to include the construction of such assets or facilities as part of the activity for which that construction is relevant, in particular for activities in the energy sector, the water, sewerage, waste and remediation sector as well as the transport sector.
(38)The information and communication sector is a constantly growing sector representing an increasing share in greenhouse gas emissions. At the same time, information and communication technologies have the potential to contribute to climate change mitigation and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors, such as by providing solutions that may help decision making enabling greenhouse gas emission reductions. Technical screening criteria should therefore be laid down for data processing and hosting activities that emit high volumes of greenhouse gas, and for data-driven solutions that enable reductions in greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors. The technical screening criteria for those activities should be based on the best practices and standards in that sector. They may need to be reviewed and updated in the future to take into account the greenhouse gas reduction potential from increased durability of information and communication technologies hardware solutions and the potential for digital technologies to be deployed in each sector directly to enable greenhouse gas emissions reductions. Moreover, the deployment and operation of electronic communications networks use considerable amounts of energy and have the potential to bring significant reductions of greenhouse gas emissions. It may therefore be necessary to assess those activities and establish relevant technical screening criteria, where appropriate.
(39)Furthermore, information and communication technology solutions that are an integral part of those economic activities for which technical screening criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation should be established for their own respective performance, can also be of particular importance in assisting those different activities to reach the standards and thresholds established under those criteria.
(40)Research, development and innovation have the potential to enable other sectors to meet their respective climate change mitigation targets. The technical screening criteria for research, development and innovation activities should therefore focus on the potential of solutions, processes, technologies and other products for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Research dedicated to enabling activities as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i) of Regulation EU 2020/852 can also play an important role in enabling those economic activities and their target activities to substantially reduce their greenhouse gas emissions or to improve their technological and economic feasibility and ultimately facilitate their scaling up. Research can also play an important role in further decarbonisation of transitional activities as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation EU 2020/852, by enabling those activities to be carried out with substantially lower greenhouse gas emissions levels compared to the thresholds specified in the technical screening criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation for those activities.
(41)Furthermore, research, development and innovation that are an integral part of those economic activities for which technical screening criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation should be established for their own respective performance, can also be of particular importance in assisting those different activities to reach the standards and thresholds established under those criteria.
(42)The technical screening criteria for determining under which conditions an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation should reflect the fact that climate change is likely to affect all sectors of the economy. As a result, all sectors will need to be adapted to the adverse impact of the current climate and the expected future climate. It needs to be ensured, however, that an economic activity that contributes substantially to climate change adaptation also causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. It is therefore appropriate to first establish technical screening criteria for climate change adaptation for those sectors and economic activities that are covered by the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation, including the relevant ‘do no significant harm’ criteria to the environmental objectives. The descriptions of the economic activities considered as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation should correspond to the scope for which appropriate ‘do no significant harm’ criteria could be determined. In the light of the need to increase the overall climate resilience of the economy, technical screening criteria, including relevant ‘do no significant harm criteria’ should in the future be developed for additional economic activities.
(43)Technical screening criteria should ensure that the broadest possible range of critical infrastructures, including in particular energy transmission or storage infrastructure, or transport infrastructure is adapted to adverse impact of the current climate and the expected future climate, thereby preventing serious negative impacts on the health, safety, security or economic well-being of citizens or the effective functioning of governments in Member States. It might however be necessary to review those technical screening criteria to take better account of the specificities of infrastructure for defence against floods
(44)Furthermore, technical screening criteria should also be established for education, human health, social work, arts, entertainment and recreation activities. Those activities provide essential services and solutions towards increasing collective resilience of the whole society and they can increase climate literacy and awareness.
(45)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation by including adaptation solutions in accordance with Article 11(1), point (a) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 should aim at increasing the resilience of the economic activities against identified climate risks that are material to those activities. The technical screening criteria should require that the economic operators concerned perform a climate change risk assessment and implement adaptation solutions that reduce the most important risks identified in that assessment. The technical screening criteria should also take into account the context- and location-specific nature of adaptation needs and solutions. Furthermore, the technical screening criteria should ensure the integrity of the environmental and climate objectives and should not be disproportionately prescriptive as to the type of solutions implemented. Those technical screening criteria should take into account the need to prevent climate- and weather related disasters and manage risk of such disasters and to ensure the resilience of critical infrastructure, in accordance with relevant Union law relating to assessing the risk and mitigating the effects of such disasters.
(46)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation by providing adaptation solutions in accordance with Article 11(1), point (b) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 should be established for engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change, research, development and innovation, non-life insurance consisting in underwriting of climate-related perils, and reinsurance. Those activities have the potential to provide adaptation solutions that contribute substantially to preventing or reducing the risk of the adverse impact of the current climate and the expected future climate on people, nature, or assets, without increasing the risk of an adverse impact.
(47)The technical screening criteria should recognise that certain economic activities may contribute substantially to climate change adaptation by providing adaptation solutions in accordance with Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, or by including adaptation solutions in accordance with the Article 11(1), point (a), of that Regulation. The technical screening criteria for the forestry activities, restoration of wetlands, programming and broadcasting, as well as for education, the creative, arts and entertainment activities should recognise that possibility. Those activities, while they should be adapted to the adverse impact of the current climate and the expected future climate, also have the potential to provide adaptation solutions that contribute substantially to preventing or reducing the risk of that adverse impact on people, nature, or assets.
(48)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change adaptation should ensure that the economic activity is made climate resilient or provides solutions to other activities to become climate resilient. Where an economic activity is made climate resilient, the implementation of physical and non-physical solutions that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity represents the substantial contribution of that activity towards climate change adaptation. It is therefore appropriate that only capital expenditures incurred for all steps necessary for making the activity climate resilient should be considered as the proportion of capital and operating expenditure related to assets or processes associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable and that turnover from that economic activity that has been made resilient should not be counted as derived from products or services associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable. However, when the core business of economic activities enabling adaptation in accordance with Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 is to provide technologies, products, services, information, or practices with the objectives of increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, nature, cultural heritage, assets or of other economic activities, in addition to capital expenditure, the turnover derived from products or services associated with those economic activities should be considered as proportion of turnover derived from products or services associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable.
(49)The technical screening criteria for determining whether the economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation cause no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives should aim at ensuring that contribution to one of the environmental objectives is not made at the expense of other environmental objectives. The ‘do no significant harm’ criteria play therefore an essential role in ensuring the environmental integrity of the classification of environmentally sustainable activities. The ‘do no significant harm’ criteria for a given environmental objective should be specified for those activities that present a risk of causing significant harm to that objective. The ‘do no significant harm’ criteria should take into account and build upon the relevant requirements of existing Union law.
(50)The technical screening criteria for ensuring that activities that contribute substantially to climate change adaptation do not cause significant harm to climate change mitigation should be laid down for those activities that present a risk of producing significant greenhouse gas emissions while they have the potential to contribute substantially to climate change adaptation.
(51)Climate change is likely to affect all sectors of the economy. The technical screening criteria for ensuring that economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change mitigation do not cause significant harm to climate change adaptation should therefore apply to all of those economic activities. Those criteria should ensure that existing and future risks that are material to the activity are identified and that adaptation solutions are implemented to minimise or avoid possible losses or impacts on business continuity.
(52)The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources should be specified for all activities that can pose a risk to such sustainable use and protection. Those criteria should aim at avoiding that activities are detrimental to the good status or the good ecological potential of bodies of water, including surface water and groundwater, or to the good environmental status of marine waters, by requiring that environmental degradation risks are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan.
(53)The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to transition to a circular economy should be tailored to the specific sectors in order to ensure that economic activities do not lead to inefficiencies in the use of resources or lock-in linear production models, that waste is avoided or reduced and, where unavoidable, managed in accordance with the waste hierarchy. Those criteria should also ensure that economic activities do not undermine the objective of transitioning to a circular economy.
(54)The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to pollution prevention and control should reflect sector specificities to address the relevant sources and types of pollution into air, water or land, referring, where relevant, to best available techniques conclusions established under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council.
(55)The criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems should be specified for all activities that can pose risks to the status or condition of habitats, species or ecosystems and should require that, where relevant, environmental impact assessments or appropriate assessments are undertaken and the conclusions from such assessments are implemented. Those criteria should ensure that even in the absence of a requirement to perform an environmental impact assessment or other appropriate assessment, activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
(56)The technical screening criteria should be without prejudice to the requirement to comply with provisions related to the environment, health, safety and social sustainability laid down in Union and national law, and to the adoption of appropriate mitigation measures in that regard where applicable.
(57)The provisions in this Regulation are closely linked, since they deal with criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation, and whether such economic activity causes no significant harm to one or more of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. In order to ensure coherence between those provisions, which should enter into force at the same time, to facilitate a comprehensive view of the legal framework for stakeholders and to facilitate the application of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, it is necessary to include those provisions in a single Regulation.
(58)To ensure that the application of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 evolves with technological, market and policy developments, this Regulation should be regularly reviewed and, where appropriate, amended as regards the activities considered to be contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation and the corresponding technical screening criteria.
(59)In order to comply with Articles 10(6) and 11(6) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, this Regulation should apply from 1 January 2022,
HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
Article 1
The technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 are set out in Annex I to this Regulation.
Article 2
The technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 are set out in Annex II to this Regulation.
Article 3
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2022.
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
Done at Brussels, 4.6.2021
For the Commission
On behalf of the President,
Mairead McGUINNESS
Member of the Commission
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANNEX I
5
1.Forestry5
1.1.Afforestation5
1.2.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests, including reforestation and natural forest regeneration after an extreme event12
1.3.Forest management20
1.4.Conservation forestry27
2.Environmental protection and restoration activities34
2.1.Restoration of wetlands34
3.Manufacturing38
3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies38
3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen40
3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport41
3.4.Manufacture of batteries45
3.5.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings47
3.6.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies49
3.7.Manufacture of cement51
3.8.Manufacture of aluminium53
3.9.Manufacture of iron and steel55
3.10.Manufacture of hydrogen57
3.11.Manufacture of carbon black59
3.12.Manufacture of soda ash60
3.13.Manufacture of chlorine62
3.14.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals63
3.15.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia66
3.16.Manufacture of nitric acid67
3.17.Manufacture of plastics in primary form69
4.Energy72
4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology72
4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology73
4.3.Electricity generation from wind power74
4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies75
4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower77
4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy80
4.7.Electricity generation from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels81
4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy84
4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity86
4.10.Storage of electricity90
4.11.Storage of thermal energy92
4.12.Storage of hydrogen93
4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids94
4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases96
4.15.District heating/cooling distribution97
4.16.Installation and operation of electric heat pumps98
4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy100
4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy101
4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels102
4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy104
4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating106
4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy107
4.23.Production of heat/cool from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels109
4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy111
4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat113
5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation115
5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems115
5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems116
5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment117
5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment119
5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions121
5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge122
5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste124
5.8.Composting of bio-waste125
5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste127
5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation128
5.11.Transport of CO2129
5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2130
6.Transport133
6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport133
6.2.Freight rail transport134
6.3.Urban and suburban transport, road passenger transport135
6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices, cycle logistics137
6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles138
6.6.Freight transport services by road141
6.7.Inland passenger water transport143
6.8.Inland freight water transport144
6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport145
6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities147
6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport150
6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport153
6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility, cycle logistics156
6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport157
6.15.Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport160
6.16.Infrastructure enabling low carbon water transport161
6.17.Low carbon airport infrastructure163
7.Construction and real estate activities166
7.1.Construction of new buildings166
7.2.Renovation of existing buildings169
7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment172
7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings)174
7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings175
7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies176
7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings177
8.Information and communication179
8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities179
8.2.Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions181
9.Professional, scientific and technical activities183
9.1.Close to market research, development and innovation183
9.2.Research, development and innovation for direct air capture of CO2185
9.3.Professional services related to energy performance of buildings187
Appendix A: Generic criteria for DNSH to climate change adaptation189
Appendix B: Generic criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources192
Appendix C: Generic criteria for DNSH to pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals193
Appendix D: Generic criteria for DNSH to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems194
Appendix E: Technical specifications for water appliances194
ANNEX I
Technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
1.Forestry
1.1.Afforestation
Description of the activity
Establishment of forest through planting, deliberate seeding or natural regeneration on land that, until then, was under a different land use or not used. Afforestation implies a transformation of land use from non-forest to forest, in accordance with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (‘FAO’) definition of afforestation, where forest means a land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest. Afforestation may cover past afforestation as long as it takes place in the period between the planting of the trees and the time when the land use is recognised as a forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Afforestation plan and subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The area on which the activity takes place is covered by an afforestation plan of a duration of at least five years, or the minimum period prescribed in national law, developed prior to the start of the activity and continuously updated, until this area matches the definition of forest as set out in national law or where not available, is in line with the FAO definition of forest.
The afforestation plan contains all elements required by the national law relating to environmental impact assessment of afforestation.
1.2 Preferably through the afforestation plan, or if information is missing, through any other document, detailed information is provided on the following points:
(a)description of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(b)site preparation and its impacts on pre-existing carbon stocks, including soils and above-ground biomass, in order to protect land with high carbon stock;
(c)management goals, including major constraints;
(d)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(e)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(f)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(g)measures deployed to establish and maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(h)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(i)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(j)assessment of impact on food security;
(k)all DNSH criteria relevant to afforestation.
1.3. When the area becomes a forest, the afforestation plan is followed by a subsequent forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.4 Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant to forest management.
1.5. The activity follows the best afforestation practices laid down in national law, or, where no such best afforestation practices have been laid down in national law, the activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the activity complies with Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 807/2014;
(b)the activity follows the “Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC”.
1.6. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock .
1.7. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
1.8. The afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument provide for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Climate benefit analysis
2.1. For areas that comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity;
(b)long-term climate benefits are considered demonstrated by proof of alignment with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
2.2. For areas that do not comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity.
(b)the projected long-term average net GHG balance of the activity is lower than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.2, where long term corresponds to the longer duration between 100 years and the duration of an entire forest cycle.
2.3. The calculation of climate benefit complies with all of the following criteria:
(a)the analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. The climate benefit analysis is based on transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable information, covers all carbon pools impacted by the activity, including above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, deadwood, litter and soil, relies on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage.
(b)the business as-usual practices, including harvesting practices, are ones of the following:
(i)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any;
(ii)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
(iii)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
(c)the resolution of the analysis is proportionate to the size of the area concerned and values specific to the area concerned are used.
(d)emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impact the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
2.4. Forest holdings under 13ha are not required to perform a climate benefit analysis.
3. Guarantee of permanence
3.1. In accordance with national law, the forest status of the area in which the activity takes place is guaranteed by one of the following measures:
(a)the area is classified in the permanent forest estate as defined by the FAO;
(b)the area is classified as a protected area;
(c)the area is the subject of any legal or contractual guarantee ensuring that it will remain a forest.
3.2. In accordance with national law, the operator of the activity commits that future updates to the afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument, beyond the activity that is financed, will continue to seek the climate benefits as determined in point 2. Besides, the operator of the activity commits to compensate any reduction in the climate benefit determined in point 2 with an equivalent climate benefit resulting from the conduct of an activity that corresponds to one of the forestry activities defined in this Regulation.
4. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
5. Group assessment
The compliance with the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and with DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined in Article 2, point (30), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (k) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 of the European Parliament and of the Council or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in points 1.2(k) (Afforestation plan) and 1.4(i) (Forest management plan or equivalent system) include provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions.
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.2.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests, including reforestation and natural forest regeneration after an extreme event
Description of the activity
Rehabilitation and restoration of forests as defined by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, rehabilitation and restoration corresponds to a definition with broad agreement in the peer-reviewed scientific literature for specific countries or a definition in line with the FAO concept of forest restoration or a definition in line with one of the definitions of ecological restoration applied to forest, or forest rehabilitation under the Convention on Biological Diversity. The economic activities in this category also include forest activities in line with the FAO definition of “reforestation” and “naturally regenerating forest” after an extreme event, where extreme event is defined by national law, and where national law does not contain such a definition, is in line with the IPCC definition of extreme weather event; or after a wildfire, where wildfire is defined by national law, and where national law does not contain such a definition, as defined in the European Glossary for wildfires and forest fires.
The economic activities in this category imply no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more, and is continuously updated.
1.2 Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant to forest management.
1.3. The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management, and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.4. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.5. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Climate benefit analysis
2.1. For areas that comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity;
(b)long-term climate benefits are considered demonstrated by proof of alignment with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
2.2. For areas that do not comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity.
(b)the projected long-term average net GHG balance of the activity is lower than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.2, where long term corresponds to the longer duration between 100 years and the duration of an entire forest cycle.
2.3. The calculation of climate benefit complies with all of the following criteria:
(a)the analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. The climate benefit analysis is based on transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable information, covers all carbon pools impacted by the activity, including above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, deadwood, litter and soil, relies on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage.
(b)the business-as-usual practices, including harvesting practices, are one of the following:
(i)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any;
(ii)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
(iii)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
(c)the resolution of the analysis is proportionate to the size of the area concerned and values specific to the area concerned are used.
(d)emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impact the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
2.4. Forest holdings under 13ha are not required to perform a climate benefit analysis.
3. Guarantee of permanence
3.1. In accordance with national law, the forest status of the area in which the activity takes place is guaranteed by one of the following measures:
(a)the area is classified in the permanent forest estate as defined by the FAO;
(b)the area is classified as a protected area;
(c)the area is the subject of any legal or contractual guarantee ensuring that it will remain a forest.
3.2. In accordance with national law, the operator of the activity commits that future updates to the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, beyond the activity that is financed, will continue to seek the climate benefits as determined in point 2. Besides, the operator of the activity commits to compensate any reduction in the climate benefit determined in point 2 with an equivalent climate benefit resulting from the conduct of an activity that corresponds to one of the forestry activities defined in this Regulation.
4. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
5. Group assessment
The compliance with the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and with DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined in Article 2, point (30), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood-based products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions.
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.3.Forest management
Description of the activity
Forest management as defined by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, forest management corresponds to any economic activity resulting from a system applicable to a forest that influences the ecological, economic or social functions of the forest. Forest management assumes no change in land use and occurs on land matching the definition of forest as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant for forest management.
1.3. The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management, and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place shows compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.4. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock .
1.5. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Climate benefit analysis
2.1. For areas that comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity;
(b)long-term climate benefits are considered demonstrated by proof of alignment with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
2.2. For areas that do not comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity.
(b)the projected long-term average net GHG balance of the activity is lower than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.2, where long term corresponds to the longer duration between 100 years and the duration of an entire forest cycle.
2.3. The calculation of climate benefit complies with all of the following criteria:
(a)the analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. The climate benefit analysis is based on transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable information, covers all carbon pools impacted by the activity, including above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, deadwood, litter and soil, relies on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage.
(b)the business-as-usual practices, including harvesting practices, are one of the following:
(i)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any;
(ii)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
(iii)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
(c)the resolution of the analysis is proportionate to the size of the area concerned and values specific to the area concerned are used.
(d)emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impact the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
2.4. Forest holdings under 13ha are not required to perform a climate benefit analysis.
3. Guarantee of permanence
3.1. In accordance with national law, the forest status of the area in which the activity takes place is guaranteed by one of the following measures:
(a)the area is classified in the permanent forest estate as defined by the FAO;
(b)the area is classified as a protected area;
(c)the area is the subject of any legal or contractual guarantee ensuring that it will remain a forest.
3.2. In accordance with national law, the operator of the activity commits that future updates to the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, beyond the activity that is financed, will continue to seek the climate benefits as determined in point 2. Besides, the operator of the activity commits to compensate any reduction in the climate benefit determined in point 2 with an equivalent climate benefit resulting from the conduct of an activity that corresponds to one of the forestry activities defined in this Regulation.
4. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria is verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
5. Group assessment
The compliance with the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and with DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined in Article 2, point (30), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood-based products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimised the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.4.Conservation forestry
Description of the activity
Forest management activities with the objective of preserving one or more habitats or species. Conservation forestry assumes no change in land category and occurs on land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products, and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national regulation dos not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, main forest tree species and those intended and their extent and distribution, in accordance to the local forest ecosystem context;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH relevant to forest management.
1.3. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument:
(a)shows a primary designated management objective that consists in protection of soil and water, conservation of biodiversity or social services based on the FAO definitions;
(b)promotes biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(c)includes an analysis of:
(i)impacts and pressures on habitat conservation and diversity of associated habitats;
(ii)condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts;
(iii)other activities that have an impact on conservation objectives, such as hunting and fishing, agricultural, pastoral and forestry activities, industrial, mining, and commercial activities.
1.4. The sustainability of the forest management systems as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1 is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the national definition of sustainable forest management, if any;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place shows compliance with the forest sustainability criteria as defined in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.5 The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.6. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.7. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Climate benefit analysis
2.1. For areas that comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity;
(b)long-term climate benefits are considered demonstrated by proof of alignment with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
2.2. For areas that do not comply with the requirements at forest sourcing area level to ensure that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest are maintained or strengthened over the long term in accordance with Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 the activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity.
(b)the projected long-term average net GHG balance of the activity is lower than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.2, where long term corresponds to the longer duration between 100 years and the duration of an entire forest cycle.
2.3. The calculation of climate benefit complies with all of the following criteria:
(a)the analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. The climate benefit analysis is based on transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable information, covers all carbon pools impacted by the activity, including above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, deadwood, litter and soil, relies on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage.
(b)the business as-usual practices, including harvesting practices, are one of the following:
(i)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any;
(ii)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
(iii)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
(c)the resolution of the analysis is proportionate to the size of the area concerned and values specific to the area concerned are used.
(d)emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impact the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
2.4. Forest holdings under 13ha are not required to perform a climate benefit analysis.
3. Guarantee of permanence
3.1. In accordance with national law, the forest status of the area in which the activity takes place is guaranteed by one of the following measures:
(a)the area is classified in the permanent forest estate as defined by the FAO ;
(b)the area is classified as a protected area;
(c)the area is the subject of any legal or contractual guarantee ensuring that it will remain a forest.
3.2. In accordance with national law, the operator of the activity commits that future updates to the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, beyond the activity that is financed, will continue to seek the climate benefits as determined in point 2. Besides, the operator of the activity commits to compensate any reduction in the climate benefit determined in point 2 with an equivalent climate benefit resulting from the conduct of an activity that corresponds to one of the forestry activities defined in this Regulation.
4. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
5. Group assessment
The compliance with the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and with DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined in Article 2, point (30), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of forest holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood-based products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity does not use pesticides or fertilisers.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
2.Environmental protection and restoration activities
2.1.Restoration of wetlands
Description of the activity
Restoration of wetlands refers to economic activities that promote a return to original conditions of wetlands and economic activities that improve wetland functions without necessarily promoting a return to pre-disturbance conditions, with wetlands meaning land matching the international definition of wetland or of peatland as set out in the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention). The concerned area matches the Union definition of wetlands, as provided in the Commission Communication on the wise use and conservation of wetlands.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006, but relate to class 6 of the statistical classification of environmental protection activities (CEPA) established by Regulation (EU) No 691/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1.
Restoration plan
1.1. The area is covered by a restoration plan, which is consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s principles and guidelines on wetland restoration, until the area is classified as a wetland and is covered by a wetland management plan, consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s guidelines for management planning for Ramsar sites and other wetlands. For peatlands, the restoration plan follows the recommendations contained in relevant resolutions of the Ramsar Convention, including the resolution XIII/13.
1.2. The restoration plan contains careful consideration of local hydrological and pedological conditions, including the dynamics of soil saturation and the change of aerobic and anaerobic conditions.
1.3. All wetland management relevant DNSH criteria are addressed in the restoration plan.
1.4. The restoration plan provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2.
Climate benefit analysis
2.1. The activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)the climate benefit analysis demonstrates that the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 30 years after the beginning of the activity is lower than a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 30 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the activity;
(b)the projected long-term average net GHG balance of the activity is lower than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.2, where long term corresponds to 100 years.
2.2. The calculation of climate benefit complies with all of the following criteria:
(a)the analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. In particular, if the wetland definition used in that analysis differs from the wetland definition used in the national GHG inventory, the analysis includes an identification of the different land categories covered by the involved area. The climate benefit analysis is based on transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable information, covers all carbon pools impacted by the activity, including above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, deadwood, litter and soil, relies on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage. For coastal wetlands, climate benefit analysis considers projections of expected relative sea level rise and the potential that the wetlands will migrate;
(b)the business-as-usual practices, including harvesting practices, are one of the following:
(i)the management practices as documented before the start of the activity, if any;
(ii)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity.
(c)the resolution of the analysis is proportionate to the size of the area concerned and values specific to the area concerned are used;
(d)emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, fires, wind, storm damages, that impact the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
4. Guarantee of permanence
4.1. In accordance with national law, the wetland status of the area in which the activity takes place is guaranteed by one of the following measures:
(a)the area is designated to be retained as wetland and may not be converted to other land use;
(b)the area is classified as a protected area;
(c)the area is the subject of any legal or contractual guarantee ensuring that it will remain a wetland.
4.2. In accordance with the national law, the operator of the activity commits that future updates to the restoration plan, beyond the activity that is financed, will continue to seek the climate benefits as determined in point 2. Besides, the operator of the activity commits to compensate any reduction in the climate benefit determined in point 2 with an equivalent climate benefit resulting from the conduct of an activity that corresponds to one of the environmental protection and restoration activities defined in this Regulation.
5. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and with the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
6. Group assessment
The compliance with the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and with DNSH criteria may be checked at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Peat extraction is minimised.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is minimised and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
The plan referred to in point 1 (Restoration plan) of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive species.
|
3.Manufacturing
3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies
Description of the activity
Manufacture of renewable energy technologies, where renewable energy is defined in Article 2(1) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C25, C27, C28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The economic activity manufactures renewable energy technologies.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the lifecycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The economic activity manufactures equipment for the production of hydrogen compliant with the Technical Screening Criteria set out in Section 3.10 of this Annex and equipment for the use of hydrogen.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport
Description of the activity
Manufacture, repair, maintenance, retrofitting, repurposing and upgrade of low carbon transport vehicles, rolling stock and vessels.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C29.1, C30.1, C30.2, C30.9, C33.15, C33.17 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The economic activity manufactures, repairs, maintains, retrofits, repurposes or upgrades:
(a)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode);
(c)urban, suburban and road passenger transport devices, where the direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
(d)until 31 December 2025, vehicles designated as categories M2 and M3 that have a type of bodywork classified as ‘CA’ (single-deck vehicle), ‘CB’ (double-deck vehicle), ‘CC’ (single-deck articulated vehicle) or ‘CD’ (double-deck articulated vehicle), and comply with the latest EURO VI standard, i.e. both with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council and, from the time of the entry into force of amendments to that Regulation, in those amending acts, even before they become applicable, and with the latest step of the Euro VI standard set out in Table 1 of Appendix 9 to Annex I to Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 where the provisions governing that step have entered into force but have not yet become applicable for this type of vehicle. Where such standard is not available, the direct CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
(e)personal mobility devices with a propulsion that comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity;
(f)vehicles of category M1 and N1 classified as light-duty vehicles with:
(i)until 31 December 2025: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council, lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
(ii)from 1 January 2026: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero;
(g)vehicles of category L with tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(h)vehicles of categories N2 and N3, and N1 classified as heavy-duty vehicles, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(i)vehicles of categories N2 and N3 not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 or ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12) of that Regulation;
(j)inland passenger water transport vessels that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid and dual fuel vessels using at least 50 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation;
(k)inland freight water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator, 50 % lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(l)sea and coastal freight water transport vessels, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities, that are not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid and dual fuel vessels that derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(iii)until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proved that the vessels are used exclusively for operating coastal and short sea services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels that have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI), 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(iv)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources;
(m)sea and coastal passenger water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, hybrid and dual fuel vessels derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(iii)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Where applicable, vehicles do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, in accordance with Directive 2000/53/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.4.Manufacture of batteries
Description of the activity
Manufacture of rechargeable batteries, battery packs and accumulators for transport, stationary and off-grid energy storage and other industrial applications. Manufacture of respective components (battery active materials, battery cells, casings and electronic components).
Recycling of end-of-life batteries.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C27.2 and E38.32 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The economic activity manufactures rechargeable batteries, battery packs and accumulators (and their respective components), including from secondary raw materials, that result in substantial GHG emission reductions in transport, stationary and off-grid energy storage and other industrial applications.
The economic activity recycles end-of-life batteries.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
For manufacturing of new batteries, components and materials, the activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
Recycling processes meet the conditions set out in Article 12 of Directive 2006/66/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and in Annex III, Part B, to that Directive, including the use of the latest relevant Best Available Techniques, the achievement of the efficiencies specified for lead-acid batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries and for other chemistries. These processes ensure the recycling of the metal content to the highest degree that is technically feasible while avoiding excessive costs.
Where applicable, facilities carrying out recycling processes meet the requirements laid down in Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Batteries comply with the applicable sustainability rules on the placing on the market of batteries in the Union, including restrictions on the use of hazardous substances in batteries, including Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Directive 2006/66/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.5.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings
Description of the activity
Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C16.23, C23.11, C23.20, C23.31, C23.32, C23.43, C.23.61, C25.11, C25.12, C25.21, C25.29, C25.93, C27.31, C27.32, C27.33, C27.40, C27.51, C28.11, C28.12, C28.13, C28.14, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The economic activity manufactures one or more of the following products and their key components:
(a)windows with U-value lower or equal to 1,0 W/m2K;
(b)doors with U-value lower or equal to 1,2 W/m2K;
(c)external wall systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,5 W/m2K;
(d)roofing systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,3 W/m2K;
(e)insulating products with a lambda value lower or equal to 0,06 W/mK;
(f)household appliances falling into the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 of the European Parliament and of the Council and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(g)light sources rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(h)space heating and domestic hot water systems rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(i)cooling and ventilation systems rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(j)presence and daylight controls for lighting systems;
(k)heat pumps compliant with the technical screening criteria set out in Section 4.16 of this Annex;
(l)façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation;
(m)energy-efficient building automation and control systems for residential and non-residential buildings;
(n)zoned thermostats and devices for the smart monitoring of the main electricity loads or heat loads for buildings, and sensoring equipment;
(o)products for heat metering and thermostatic controls for individual homes connected to district heating systems, for individual flats connected to central heating systems serving a whole building, and for central heating systems;
(p)district heating exchangers and substations compliant with the district heating/cooling distribution activity set out in Section 4.15 of this Annex;
(q)products for smart monitoring and regulating of heating system, and sensoring equipment.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.6.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies
Description of the activity
Manufacture of technologies aimed at substantial GHG emission reductions in other sectors of the economy, where those technologies are not covered in Sections 3.1 to 3.5 of this Annex.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular from C22, C25, C26, C27 and C28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The economic activity manufactures technologies that are aimed at and demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology/product/solution available on the market.
Life-cycle GHG emission savings are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.7.Manufacture of cement
Description of the activity
Manufacture of cement clinker, cement or alternative binder.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C23.51 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)grey cement clinker where the specific GHG emissions are lower than 0,722 tCO2e per tonne of grey cement clinker;
(b)cement from grey clinker or alternative hydraulic binder, where the specific GHG emissions from the clinker and cement or alternative binder production are lower than 0,469 tCO2e per tonne of cement or alternative binder manufactured.
Where CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the manufacturing process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
For manufacture of cement employing hazardous wastes as alternative fuels, measures are in place to ensure the safe handling of waste.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.8.Manufacture of aluminium
Description of the activity
Manufacture of aluminium through primary alumina (bauxite) process or secondary aluminium recycling.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C24.42, C24.53 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)primary aluminium where the economic activity complies with two of the following criteria until 2025 and with all of the following criteria after 2025:
(i)the GHG emissions do not exceed 1,484 tCO2e per ton of aluminium manufactured:
(ii)the average carbon intensity for the indirect GHG emissions does not exceed 100g CO2e/kWh;
(iii)the electricity consumption for the manufacturing process does not exceed 15.5 MWh/t Al.
(b)secondary aluminium.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the non-ferrous metals industries. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.9.Manufacture of iron and steel
Description of the activity
Manufacture of iron and steel.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C24.10, C24.20, C24.31, C24.32, C24.33, C24.34, C24.51 and C24.52 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)iron and steel where GHG emissions, reduced by the amount of emissions assigned to the production of waste gases in accordance with point 10.1.5(a) of Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2019/331 do not exceed the following values applied to the different manufacturing process steps:
(i)hot metal = 1,331 tCO2e/t product;
(ii)sintered ore = 0,163 tCO2e/t product;
(iii)coke (excluding lignite coke) = 0,144 tCO2e/t product;
(iv)iron casting = 0,299 tCO2e/t product;
(v)electric Arc Furnace (EAF) high alloy steel = 0,266 tCO2e/t product;
(vi)electric Arc Furnace (EAF) carbon steel = 0,209 tCO2e/t product.
(b)steel in electric arc furnaces (EAFs) producing EAF carbon steel or EAF high alloy steel, as defined in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/331 and where the steel scrap input relative to product output is not lower than:
(i)70 % for the production of high alloy steel;
(ii)90 % for the production of carbon steel.
Where the CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the manufacturing process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for iron and steel production.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.10.Manufacture of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Manufacture of hydrogen and hydrogen-based synthetic fuels.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with the life-cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 73.4% for hydrogen [resulting in life-cycle GHG emissions lower than 3tCO2e/tH2] and 70% for hydrogen-based synthetic fuels relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ in analogy to the approach set out in Article 25(2) of and Annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
Life-cycle GHG emissions savings are calculated using the methodology referred to in Article 28(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified in line with Article 30 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 where applicable, or by an independent third party.
Where the CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the manufacturing process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12, respectively, of this Annex.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali and the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the refining of mineral oil and gas.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.11.Manufacture of carbon black
Description of the activity
Manufacture of carbon black.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
GHG emissions from the carbon black production processes are lower than 1,141 tCO2e per tonne of product.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals – Solids and Others industry;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.12.Manufacture of soda ash
Description of the activity
Manufacture of disodium carbonate (soda ash, sodium carbonate, carbonic acid disodium salt).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
GHG emissions from the soda ash production processes are lower than 0,789 tCO2e per tonne of product.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals – Solids and Others industry;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.13.Manufacture of chlorine
Description of the activity
Manufacture of chlorine.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
Electricity consumption for electrolysis and chlorine treatment is equal or lower than 2.45 MWh per tonne of chlorine.
Average life-cycle GHG emissions of the electricity used for chlorine production is at or lower than 100 g CO2e/kWh.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.14.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals
Description of the activity
Manufacture of:
(a)high value chemicals (HVC):
(i)acetylene;
(ii)ethylene;
(iii)propylene;
(iv)butadiene.
(b)Aromatics:
(i)mixed alkylbenzenes, mixed alkylnaphthalenes other than HS 2707 or 2902;
(ii)cyclohexane;
(iii)benzene;
(iv)toluene;
(v)o-Xylene;
(vi)p-Xylene;
(vii)m-Xylene and mixed xylene isomers;
(viii)ethylbenzene;
(ix)cumene;
(x)biphenyl, terphenyls, vinyltoluenes, other cyclic hydrocarbons excluding cyclanes, cyclenes, cycloterpenes, benzene, toluene, xylenes, styrene, ethylbenzene, cumene, naphthalene, anthracene;
(xi)benzol (benzene), toluol (toluene) and xylol (xylenes)
(xii)naphthalene and other aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures (excluding benzole, toluole, xylole).
(c)vinyl chloride;
(d)styrene;
(e)ethylene oxide;
(f)monoethylene glycol;
(g)adipic acid.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.14 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
GHG emissions from the organic basic chemicals production processes are lower than:
(a)for HVC: 0,693 tCO2e/t of HVC;
(b)for aromatics: 0,0072 tCO2e/t of complex weighted throughput;
(c)for vinyl chloride: 0,171 tCO2e/t of vinyl chloride;
(d)for styrene: 0,419 tCO2e/t of styrene;
(e)for ethylene oxide/ethylene glycols: 0,314 tCO2e/t of ethylene oxide/glycol;
(f)for adipic acid: 0,32 tCO2e /t of adipic acid.
Where the organic chemicals in scope are produced wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, the life-cycle GHG emissions of the manufactured chemical, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent chemical manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7 of that Directive.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of large volumes organic chemicals;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.15.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia
Description of the activity
Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)ammonia is produced from hydrogen that complies with the technical screening criteria set out in Section 3.10 of this Annex (Manufacturing of hydrogen);
(b)ammonia is recovered from waste water.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.16.Manufacture of nitric acid
Description of the activity
Manufacture of nitric acid.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
GHG emissions from the manufacture of nitric acid are lower than 0,038 tCO2e per tonne of nitric acid.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.17.Manufacture of plastics in primary form
Description of the activity
Manufacture resins, plastics materials and non-vulcanisable thermoplastic elastomers, the mixing and blending of resins on a custom basis, as well as the manufacture of non-customised synthetic resins.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.16 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the plastic in primary form is fully manufactured by mechanical recycling of plastic waste;
(b)where mechanical recycling is not technically feasible or economically viable, the plastic in primary form is fully manufactured by chemical recycling of plastic waste and the life-cycle GHG emissions of the manufactured plastic, excluding any calculated credits from the production of fuels, are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent plastic in primary form manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
(c)derived wholly or partially from renewable feedstock and its life-cycle GHG emissions are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent plastics in primary form manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of plastics in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of plastics in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Production of Polymers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.Energy
4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using solar photovoltaic (PV) technology.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity generates electricity using solar PV technology.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity generates electricity using CSP technology.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.3.Electricity generation from wind power
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from wind power.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity generates electricity from wind power.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
In case of construction of offshore wind, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
In case of offshore wind, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed integrity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
|
4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from ocean energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity generates electricity from ocean energy.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
The activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 1 (biodiversity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from hydropower.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with either of the following criteria:
(a)the electricity generation facility is a run-of-river plant and does not have an artificial reservoir;
(b)the power density of the electricity generation facility is above 5 W/m2;
(c)the life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity from hydropower, are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh. The life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018, ISO 14064-1:2018 or the G-res tool. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
1. The activity complies with the provisions of Directive 2000/60/EC, in particular with all the requirements laid down in Article 4 of the Directive.
2. For operation of existing hydropower plants, including refurbishment activities to enhance renewable energy or energy storage potential, the activity complies with the following criteria:
2.1. In accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular Articles 4 and 11 of that Directive, all technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures have been implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
2.2. Measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure downstream and upstream fish migration (such as fish friendly turbines, fish guidance structures, state-of-the-art fully functional fish passes, measures to stop or minimise operation and discharges during migration or spawning);
(b)measures to ensure minimum ecological flow (including mitigation of rapid, short-term variations in flow or hydro-peaking operations) and sediment flow;
(c)measures to protect or enhance habitats.
2.3. The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
3. For construction of new hydropower plants, the activity complies with the following criteria:
3.1. In accordance with Article 4 of Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular paragraph 7 of that Article, prior to construction, an impact assessment of the project is carried out to assess all its potential impacts on the status of water bodies within the same river basin and on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions.
The assessment is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydromorphological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
It assesses in particular the cumulated impacts of this new project with other existing or planned infrastructure in the river basin.
3.2. On the basis of that impact assessment, it has been established that the plant is conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that it complies with one of the following requirements:
(a)the plant does not entail any deterioration nor compromises the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body it relates to;
(b)where the plant risks to deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, such deterioration is not significant, and is justified by a detailed cost-benefit assessment demonstrating both of the following:
(i)the reasons of overriding public interest or the fact that benefits expected from the planned hydropower plant outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society;
(ii)the fact that the overriding public interest or the benefits expected from the plant cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (such as refurbishing of existing hydropower plants or use of technologies not disrupting river continuity).
3.3. All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
Mitigation measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure downstream and upstream fish migration (such as fish friendly turbines, fish guidance structures, state-of the-art fully functional fish passes, measures to stop or minimise operation and discharges during migration or spawning);
(b)measures to ensure minimum ecological flow (including mitigation of rapid, short-term variations in flow or hydro-peaking operations) and sediment flow;
(c)measures to protect or enhance habitats.
The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
3.4. The plant does not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
3.5. In addition to the mitigation measures referred to above, and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not increase the fragmentation of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned hydropower plant may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
Life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity from geothermal energy are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh. Life-cycle GHG emission savings are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directive 2004/107/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.7.Electricity generation from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include electricity generation from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.8 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity using renewable gaseous and liquid fuels are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
2. Where facilities incorporate any form of abatement (including carbon capture or use of decarbonised fuels), that abatement activity complies with the criteria set out in the relevant Section of this Annex, where applicable.
Where the CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the electricity generation process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
3. The activity meets either of the following criteria:
(a)at construction, measurement equipment for monitoring of physical emissions, such as methane leakage is installed or a leak detection and repair program is introduced;
(b)at operation, physical measurement of methane emissions are reported and leak is eliminated.
4. Where the activity blends renewable gaseous or liquid fuels with biogas or bioliquids, the agricultural biomass used for the production of the biogas or bioliquids complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 while forest biomass complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of electricity generation installations that produce electricity exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, excluding electricity generation from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.7 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass are at least 80 % in relation to the GHG saving methodology and the relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
3. Where the installations rely on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
4. Points 1 and 2 do not apply to electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input below 2 MW and using gaseous biomass fuels.
5. For electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input from 50 to 100 MW, the activity applies high-efficiency cogeneration technology, or, for electricity-only installations, the activity meets an energy efficiency level associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants.
6. For electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input above 100 MW, the activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)attains electrical efficiency of at least 36 %;
(b)applies highly efficient CHP (combined heat and power) technology as referred to in Directive 2012/27/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(c)uses carbon capture and storage technology. Where the CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the electricity generation process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12, respectively, of this Annex.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, measures are implemented to reduce emission levels taking into account the results of the information exchange which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 .
For anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of transmission systems that transport the electricity on the extra high-voltage and high-voltage interconnected system.
Construction and operation of distribution systems that transport electricity on high-voltage, medium-voltage and low-voltage distribution systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.12 and D35.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
1. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment is in an electricity system that complies with at least one of the following criteria:
(a)the system is the interconnected European system, i.e. the interconnected control areas of Member States, Norway, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, and its subordinated systems;
(b)more than 67% of newly enabled generation capacity in the system is below the generation threshold value of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis in accordance with electricity generation criteria, over a rolling five-year period;
(c)the average system grid emissions factor, calculated as the total annual emissions from power generation connected to the system, divided by the total annual net electricity production in that system, is below the threshold value of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis in accordance with electricity generation criteria, over a rolling five-year period;
Infrastructure dedicated to creating a direct connection or expanding an existing direct connection between a substation or network and a power production plant that is more greenhouse gas intensive than 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis is not compliant.
Installation of metering infrastructure that does not meet the requirements of smart metering systems of Article 20 of Directive (EU) 2019/944 is not compliant.
2. The activity is one of the following:
(a)construction and operation of direct connection, or expansion of existing direct connection, of low carbon electricity generation below the threshold of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis to a substation or network;
(b)construction and operation of electric vehicle (EV) charging stations and supporting electric infrastructure for the electrification of transport, subject to compliance with the technical screening criteria under the transport Section of this Annex;
(c)installation of transmission and distribution transformers that comply with the Tier 2 (1 July 2021) requirements set out in Annex I to the Commission Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 and, for medium power transformers with highest voltage for equipment not exceeding 36 kV, with AAA0 level requirements on no-load losses set out in standard EN 50588-1.
(d)construction/installation and operation of equipment and infrastructure where the main objective is an increase of the generation or use of renewable electricity generation;
(e)installation of equipment to increase the controllability and observability of the electricity system and to enable the development and integration of renewable energy sources, including:
(I)sensors and measurement tools (including meteorological sensors for forecasting renewable production);
(II)communication and control (including advanced software and control rooms, automation of substations or feeders, and voltage control capabilities to adapt to more decentralised renewable infeed).
(f)installation of equipment such as, but not limited to future smart metering systems or those replacing smart metering systems in line with Article 19(6) of Directive (EU) 2019/944 of the European Parliament and of the Council, which meet the requirements of Article 20 of Directive (EU) 2019/944, able to carry information to users for remotely acting on consumption, including customer data hubs;
(g)construction/installation of equipment to allow for exchange of specifically renewable electricity between users;
(h)construction and operation of interconnectors between transmission systems, provided that one of the systems is compliant.
For the purposes of this Section, the following specifications apply:
(a)the rolling five-year period used in determining compliance with the thresholds is based on five consecutive historical years, including the year for which the most recent data are available;
(b)a ‘system’ means the power control area of the transmission or distribution network where the infrastructure or equipment is installed;
(c)transmission systems may include generation capacity connected to subordinated distribution systems;
(d)distribution systems subordinated to a transmission system that is deemed to be on a trajectory to full decarbonisation may also be deemed to be on a trajectory to full decarbonisation;
(e)to determine compliance, it is possible to consider a system covering multiple control areas which are interconnected and with significant energy exchanges between them, in which case the weighted average emissions factor across all included control areas is used, and individual subordinated transmission or distribution systems within that system is not required to demonstrate compliance separately;
(f)it is possible for a system to become non-compliant after having previously been compliant. In systems that become non-compliant, no new transmission and distribution activities are compliant from that moment onward, until the system complies again with the threshold (except for those activities that are always compliant, see above). Activities in subordinated systems may still be compliant, where those subordinated systems meet the criteria of this Section;
(g)a direct connection or expansion of an existing direct connection to production plants includes infrastructure that is indispensable to carry the associated electricity from the power generating facility to a substation or to the network.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Overground high voltage lines:
(a)for construction site activities, activities follow the principles of the IFC General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines.
(b)activities respect applicable norms and regulations to limit impact of electromagnetic radiation on human health, including for activities carried out in the Union, the Council recommendation on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) and for activities carried out in third countries, the 1998 Guidelines of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP).
Activities do not use PCBs polyclorinated biphenyls.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.10.Storage of electricity
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store electricity and return it at a later time in the form of electricity. The activity includes pumped hydropower storage.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity is the construction and operation of electricity storage including pumped hydropower storage.
Where the activity includes chemical energy storage, the medium of storage (such as hydrogen or ammonia) complies with the criteria for manufacturing of the corresponding product specified in Sections 3.7 to 3.17 of this Annex. In case of using hydrogen as electricity storage, where hydrogen meets the technical screening criteria specified in Section 3.10 of this Annex, re-electrification of hydrogen is also considered part of the activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
In case of pumped hydropower storage not connected to a river body, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
In case of pumped hydropower storage connected to a river body, the activity complies with the criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources specified in Section 4.5 (Electricity production from hydropower).
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.11.Storage of thermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store thermal energy and return it at a later time in the form of thermal energy or other energy vectors.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity stores thermal energy, including Underground Thermal Energy Storage (UTES) or Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage (ATES).
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
For Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.12.Storage of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store hydrogen and return it at a later time.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity is one of the following:
(a)construction of hydrogen storage facilities;
(b)conversion of existing underground gas storage facilities into storage facilities dedicated to hydrogen-storage;
(c)operation of hydrogen storage facilities where the hydrogen stored in the facility meets the criteria for manufacture of hydrogen set out in Section 3.10. of this Annex.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
In the case of storage above five tonnes, the activity complies with Directive 2012/18/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids
Description of the activity
Manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport and for the manufacture of bioliquids complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport and for the manufacture of bioliquids complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
Food-and feed crops are not used for the manufacture of biofuels for use in transport and for the manufacture of bioliquids.
2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the manufacture of biofuels and biogas for use in transport and from the manufacture of bioliquids are at least 65 % in relation to the GHG saving methodology and the relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
3. Where the manufacture of biogas relies on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
4. Where the CO2 that otherwise would be emitted from the manufacturing process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For biogas production, a gas-tight cover on the digestate storage is applied.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 for digestate or CMC 3 for compost, as applicable, in Annex II to Regulation EU 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases
Description of the activity
Conversion, repurposing or retrofit of gas networks for the transmission and distribution of renewable and low-carbon gases.
Construction or operation of transmission and distribution pipelines dedicated to the transport of hydrogen or other low-carbon gases.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.22, F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity consists in one of the following:
(a)construction or operation of new transmission and distribution networks dedicated to hydrogen or other low-carbon gases;
(b)conversion/repurposing of existing natural gas networks to 100% hydrogen;
(c)retrofit of gas transmission and distribution networks that enables the integration of hydrogen and other low-carbon gases in the network, including any gas transmission or distribution network activity that enables the increase of the blend of hydrogen or other low carbon gasses in the gas system;
2. The activity includes leak detection and repair of existing gas pipelines and other network elements to reduce methane leakage.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.15.District heating/cooling distribution
Description of the activity
Construction, refurbishment and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distribution of heating and cooling, ending at the sub-station or heat exchanger.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)for construction and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distributing heating and cooling, the system meets the definition of efficient district heating and cooling systems laid down in Article 2, point 41, of Directive 2012/27/EU;
(b)for refurbishment of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distributing heating and cooling, the investment that makes the system meet the definition of efficient district heating or cooling laid down in Article 2, point 41, of Directive 2012/27/EU starts within a three year period as underpinned by a contractual obligation or an equivalent in case of operators in charge of both generation and the network;
(c)the activity is the following:
(i)modification to lower temperature regimes;
(ii)advanced pilot systems (control and energy management systems, Internet of Things).
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and otherwise comply with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.16.Installation and operation of electric heat pumps
Description of the activity
Installation and operation of electric heat pumps.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.30 and F43.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The installation and operation of electric heat pumps complies with both of the following criteria:
(a)refrigerant threshold: Global Warming Potential does not exceed 675;
(b)energy efficiency requirements laid down in the implementing regulations under Directive 2009/125/EC are met.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For air to air heat pumps with rated capacity of 12kW or below, indoor and outdoor sound power levels are below the threshold set out in Commission Regulation (EU) No 206/2012.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities co-generating electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity consists in the cogeneration of electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities co-generating heat/cool and power from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The life-cycle GHG emissions from the combined generation of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy are lower than 100gCO2e per 1 kWh of energy output from the combined generation.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include cogeneration of heat/cool and power from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.20 of this Annex)
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The life-cycle GHG emissions from the co-generation of heat/cool and power from renewable gaseous and liquid fuels are lower than 100gCO2e per 1 kWh of energy output from the co-generation.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
2. Where facilities incorporate any form of abatement (including carbon capture or use of decarbonised fuels) that abatement activity complies with the relevant Sections of this Annex, where applicable.
Where the CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the cogeneration process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
3. The activity meets either of the following criteria:
(a)at construction, measurement equipment for monitoring of physical emissions, such as methane leakage is installed or a leak detection and repair program is introduced;
(b)at operation, physical measurement of methane emissions are reported and leak is eliminated.
4. Where the activity blends renewable gaseous or liquid fuels with biogas or bioliquids, the agricultural biomass used for the production of the biogas or bioliquids complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 while forest biomass complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of installations used for cogeneration of heat/cool and power exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, and excluding cogeneration from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.19 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7 of that Directive.
2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass in cogeneration installations are at least 80 % in relation to the GHG emission saving methodology and fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
3. Where the cogeneration installations rely on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
4. Points 1 and 2 do not apply to cogeneration installations with a total rated thermal input below 2 MW and using gaseous biomass fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants, ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange, which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities producing heat/cool from solar thermal heating technology.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity produces heat/cool using solar thermal heating.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of heat/cool from geothermal energy are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.23.Production of heat/cool from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include production of heat/cool from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.24 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of heat/cool using renewable gaseous and liquid fuels are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
2. Where facilities incorporate any form of abatement (including carbon capture or use of decarbonised fuels), that abatement activity complies with the relevant Sections of this Annex, where applicable.
Where the CO2 that would otherwise be emitted from the electricity generation process is captured for the purpose of underground storage, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
3. The activity meets either of the following criteria:
(a)at construction, measurement equipment for monitoring physical emissions, such as methane leakage is installed or a leak detection and repair program is introduced;
(b)at operation, physical measurement of methane emissions are reported and leak is eliminated.
4. Where the activity blends renewable gaseous or liquid fuels with biogas or bioliquids, the agricultural biomass used for the production of the biogas or bioliquids complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 while forest biomass complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, and excluding production of heat/cool from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.23 of this Annex.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity for the production of heat and cool complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass are at least 80 % in relation to the GHG emission saving methodology and relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
3. Where the installations rely on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
4. Points 1 and 2 do not apply to heat generation installations with a total rated thermal input below 2 MW and using gaseous biomass fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants, ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange, which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10 of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
For anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool using waste heat.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity produces heat/cool from waste heat.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Pumps and the kind of equipment used, which is covered by Ecodesign and Energy labelling comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label laid down in Regulation (EU) 2017/1369, and with implementing regulations under Directive 2009/125/EC and represent the best available technology.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems
Description of the activity
Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The water supply system complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the net average energy consumption for abstraction and treatment equals to or is lower than 0.5 kWh per cubic meter produced water supply. Net energy consumption may take into account measures decreasing energy consumption, such as source control (pollutant load inputs), and, as appropriate, energy generation (such as hydraulic, solar and wind energy);
(b)the leakage level is either calculated using the Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) rating method and the threshold value equals to or is lower than 1.5, or is calculated using another appropriate method and the threshold value is established in accordance with Article 4 of Directive (EU) 2020/2184 of the European Parliament and of the Council. That calculation is to be applied across the extent of water supply (distribution) network where the works are carried out, i.e. at water supply zone level, district metered area(s) (DMAs) or pressure managed area(s) (PMAs).
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems
Description of the activity
Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems including renewals to water collection, treatment and distribution infrastructures for domestic and industrial needs. It implies no material changes to the volume of flow collected, treated or supplied.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The renewal of the water supply system leads to improved energy efficiency in one of the following ways:
(a)by decreasing the net average energy consumption of the system by at least 20% compared to own baseline performance averaged for three years, including abstraction and treatment, measured in kWh per cubic meter produced water supply;
(b)by closing the gap by at least 20% either between the current leakage level averaged over three years, calculated using the Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) rating method and an ILI of 1.5, or between the current leakage level averaged over three years, calculated using another appropriate method, and the threshold value established in accordance with Article 4 of Directive (EU) 2020/2184. The current leakage level averaged over three years is calculated across the extent of water supply (distribution) network where the works are carried out, i.e. for the renewed water supply (distribution) network at district metered area(s) (DMAs) or pressure managed area(s) (PMAs).
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment
Description of the activity
Construction, extension and operation of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1.The net energy consumption of the waste water treatment plant equals to or is lower than:
(a)35 kWh per population equivalent (p.e.) per annum for treatment plant capacity below 10 000 p.e.;
(b)25 kWh per population equivalent (p.e.) per annum for treatment plant capacity between 10 000 and 100 000 p.e.;
(c)20 kWh per population equivalent (p.e.) per annum for treatment plant capacity above 100 000 p.e.
Net energy consumption of the operation of the waste water treatment plant may take into account measures decreasing energy consumption relating to source control (reduction of storm water or pollutant load inputs), and, as appropriate, energy generation within the system (such as hydraulic, solar, thermal and wind energy).
2. For the construction and extension of a waste water treatment plant or a waste water treatment plant with a collection system, which are substituting more GHG-intensive treatment systems (such as septic tanks, anaerobic lagoons), an assessment of the direct GHG emissions is performed. The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex. Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Council Directive 91/271/EEC or as required by national provisions stating maximum permissible pollutant levels from discharges to receiving waters.
Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
Sewage sludge is used in accordance with Council Directive 86/278/EEC or as required by national law relating to the spreading of sludge on the soil or any other application of sludge on and in the soil.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment
Description of the activity
Renewal of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment. It implies no material change related to the load or volume of flow collected or treated in the waste water system.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE codes E37.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The renewal of a collection system improves energy efficiency by decreasing the average energy consumption by 20% compared to own baseline performance averaged over three years, demonstrated on an annual basis. That decrease of energy consumption can be accounted for at the level of the project (i.e. the collection system renewal) or, across the downstream waste water agglomeration (i.e. including the downstream collection system, treatment plant or discharge of waste water).
2. The renewal of a waste water treatment plant improves energy efficiency by decreasing the average energy consumption of the system by at least 20% compared to own baseline performance averaged over three years, demonstrated on an annual basis.
3. For the purposes of points 1 and 2, the net energy consumption of the system is calculated in kWh per population equivalent per annum of the waste water collected or effluent treated, taking into account measures decreasing energy consumption relating to source control (reduction of storm water or pollutant load inputs) and, as appropriate, energy generation within the system (such as hydraulic, solar, thermal and wind energy).
4. For the purpose of point 1 and 2, the operator demonstrates that there are no material changes relating to external conditions, including modifications to discharge authorisation(s) or changes in load to the agglomeration that would lead to a reduction of energy consumption, independent of efficiency measures taken.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex. Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC or as required by national provisions stating maximum permissible pollutant levels from discharges to receiving waters.
Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
Sewage sludge is used in accordance with Directive 86/278/EEC or as required by national law relating to the spreading of sludge on the soil or any other application of sludge on and in the soil.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions
Description of the activity
Separate collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in single or comingled fractions aimed at preparing for reuse or recycling.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E38.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
All separately collected and transported non-hazardous waste that is segregated at source is intended for preparation for reuse or recycling operations.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Separately collected waste fractions are not mixed in waste storage and transfer facilities with other waste or materials with different properties.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities for the treatment of sewage sludge by anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas or chemicals.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. A monitoring and contingency plan is in place in order to minimise methane leakage at the facility.
2. The produced biogas is used directly for the generation of electricity or heat, or upgraded to bio-methane for injection in the natural gas grid, or used as vehicle fuel or as feedstock in chemical industry.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
Where the resulting digestate is intended for use as fertiliser or soil improver, its nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas and digestate and/or chemicals.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. A monitoring and contingency plan is in place in order to minimise methane leakage at the facility.
2. The produced biogas is used directly for the generation of electricity or heat, or upgraded to bio-methane for injection in the natural gas grid, or used as vehicle fuel or as feedstock in chemical industry.
3. The bio-waste that is used for anaerobic digestion is source segregated and collected separately.
4. The produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment.
5. In the dedicated bio-waste treatment plants, the share of food and feed crops used as input feedstock, measured in weight, as an annual average, is less than or equal to 10% of the input feedstock.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
The produced digestate meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 for digestate or CMC 3 for compost, as applicable, in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009, or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use
The Nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25%) of the digestate used as fertiliser or soil improver is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.8.Composting of bio-waste
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through composting (aerobic digestion) with the resulting production and utilisation of compost.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The bio-waste that is composted is source segregated and collected separately.
2. The compost produced is used as fertiliser or soil improver and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Category 3 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For composting plants treating over 75 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out for aerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
The site has a system in place that prevents leachate reaching groundwater.
The compost produced meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Category 3 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities for the sorting and processing of separately collected non-hazardous waste streams into secondary raw materials involving mechanical reprocessing, except for backfilling purposes.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.32 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity converts at least 50 %, in terms of weight, of the processed separately collected non-hazardous waste into secondary raw materials that are suitable for the substitution of virgin materials in production processes.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation
Description of the activity
Installation and operation of infrastructure for landfill gas capture and utilisation in permanently closed landfills or landfill cells using new or supplementary dedicated technical facilities and equipment installed during or post landfill or landfill cell closure.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E38.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The landfill has not been opened after 8 July 2020.
2. The landfill or landfill cell where the gas capture system is newly installed, extended, or retrofitted is permanently closed and is not taking in further biodegradable waste.
3. The produced landfill gas is used for the generation of electricity or heat as biogas, or upgraded to bio-methane for injection in the natural gas grid, or used as vehicle fuel or as feedstock in chemical industry.
4. Methane emissions from the landfill and leakages from the landfill gas collection and utilisation facilities are subject to control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to Council Directive 1999/31/EC.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The permanent closure and remediation as well as the after-care of old landfills, where the landfill gas capture system is installed, are carried out in accordance with the following rules:
(a)general requirements set out in Annex I to Directive 1999/31/EC;
(b)control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to that Directive.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.11.Transport of CO2
Description of the activity
Transport of captured CO2 via all modes.
Construction and operation of CO2 pipelines and retrofit of gas networks where the main purpose is the integration of captured CO2.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The CO2 transported from the installation where it is captured to the injection point does not lead to CO2 leakages above 0.5 % of the mass of CO2 transported.
2. The CO2 is delivered to a permanent CO2 storage site that meets the criteria for underground geological storage of CO2 set out in Section 5.12 of this Annex; or to other transport modalities, which lead to permanent CO2 storage site that meet those criteria.
3. Appropriate leak detection systems are applied and a monitoring plan is in place, with the report verified by an independent third party.
4. The activity may include the installation of assets that increase the flexibility and improve the management of an existing network..
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2
Description of the activity
Permanent storage of captured CO2 in appropriate underground geological formations.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E39.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Characterisation and assessment of the potential storage complex and surrounding area, or exploration within the meaning of Article 3, point (8), of Directive 2009/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council is carried out in order to establish whether the geological formation is suitable for use as a CO2 storage site.
2. For operation of underground geological CO2 storage sites, including closure and post-closure obligations:
(a)appropriate leakage detection systems are implemented to prevent release during operation;
(b)a monitoring plan of the injection facilities, the storage complex, and, where appropriate, the surrounding environment is in place, with the regular reports checked by the competent national authority.
3. For the exploration and operation of storage sites within the Union, the activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC. For the exploration and operation of storage sites in third countries, the activity complies with ISO 27914:2017 for geological storage of CO2.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.Transport
6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, rental, leasing and operation of passenger transport using railway rolling stock on mainline networks, spread over an extensive geographic area, passenger transport by interurban railways and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars as an integrated operation of railway companies.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.10, N77.39 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a) of this Section, that activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the trains and passenger coaches have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)the trains and passenger coaches have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode).
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.2.Freight rail transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of freight transport on mainline rail networks as well as short line freight railroads.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.20 and N77.39 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a) of this Section, that activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one or both of the following criteria:
(a)the trains and wagons have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission;
(b)the trains and wagons have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode).
2. The trains and wagons are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.3.Urban and suburban transport, road passenger transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of urban and suburban transport vehicles for passengers and road passenger transport.
For motor vehicles, operation of vehicles designated as category M2 or M3, in accordance with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, for the provision of passenger transport.
The economic activities in this category may include operation of different modes of land transport, such as by motor bus, tram, streetcar, trolley bus, underground and elevated railways. This also includes town-to-airport or town-to-station lines and operation of funicular railways and aerial cableways where part of urban or suburban transit systems.
The economic activities in this category also include scheduled long-distance bus services, charters, excursions and other occasional coach services, airport shuttles (including within airports), operation of school buses and buses for the transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.31, H49.3.9, N77.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with the one of following criteria:
(a)the activity provides urban or suburban passenger transport and its direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions are zero;
(b)until 31 December 2025, the activity provides interurban passenger road transport using vehicles designated as categories M2 and M3 that have a type of bodywork classified as ‘CA’ (single-deck vehicle), ‘CB’ (double-deck vehicle), ‘CC’ (single-deck articulated vehicle) or ‘CD’ (double-deck articulated vehicle), and comply with the latest EURO VI standard, i.e. both with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 and, from the time of the entry into force of amendments to that Regulation, in those amending acts, even before they become applicable, and with the latest step of the Euro VI standard set out in Table 1 of Appendix 9 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 where the provisions governing that step have entered into force but have not yet become applicable for this type of vehicle. Where such standard is not available, the direct CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For road vehicles of categories M, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 of the European Parliament and of the Council and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Where applicable, vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices, cycle logistics
Description of the activity
Selling, purchasing, financing, leasing, renting and operation of personal mobility or transport devices where the propulsion comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity. This includes the provision of freight transport services by (cargo) bicycles.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular N77.11 and N77.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The propulsion of personal mobility devices comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity.
2. The personal mobility devices are allowed to be operated on the same public infrastructure as bikes or pedestrians.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, renting, leasing and operation of vehicles designated as category M1, N1, both falling under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council, or L (2- and 3-wheel vehicles and quadricycles).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.32, H49.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with the following criteria:
(a)for vehicles of category M1 and N1, both falling under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007:
(i)until 31 December 2025, specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
(ii)from 1 January 2026, specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero.
(b)for vehicles of category L, the tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Vehicles of categories M1 and N1 are both of the following:
(a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85% by weight;
(b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95% by weight.
Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro 6 light-duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007.
Vehicles comply with the emission thresholds for clean light-duty vehicles set out in Table 2 of the Annex to Directive 2009/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.6.Freight transport services by road
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of vehicles designated as category N1, N2 or N3 falling under the scope of EURO VI, step E or its successor, for freight transport services by road.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.4.1, H53.10, H53.20 and N77.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (1)(a), (1)( b) or (1)(c)(i) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)vehicles of category N1 have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)vehicles of category N2 and N3 with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(c)vehicles of category N2 and N3 with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes are one of the following:
(i)‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(ii)where technologically and economically not feasible to comply with the criterion in point (i), ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12), of that Regulation.
2. Vehicles are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Vehicles of category N1, N2 and N3 are both of the following:
(a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85% by weight;
(b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95% by weight.
Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL). Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.7.Inland passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of passenger vessels on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code H50.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)until 31 December 2025, hybrid and dual fuel vessels derive at least 50% of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines in vessels comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.8.Inland freight water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of freight vessels on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE code H50.4 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one or both of the following criteria:
(a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
(b)where technologically and economically not feasible to comply with the criterion in point (a), until 31 December 2025, the vessels have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator, 50% lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5- LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation 2019/1242.
2. Vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vessels comply with the emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport
Description of the activity
Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for transport of freight or passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated several NACE codes, in particular H50.4, H50.30 and C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Until 31 December 2025, the retrofitting activity reduces fuel consumption of the vessel by at least 10 % expressed in litre of fuel per tonne kilometre, as demonstrated by a comparative calculation for the representative navigation areas (including representative load profiles) in which the vessel is to operate or by means of the results of model tests or simulations.
2. Vessels retrofitted or upgraded are not dedicated to transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vessels comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, chartering (with or without crew) and operation of vessels designed and equipped for transport of freight or for the combined transport of freight and passengers on sea or coastal waters, whether scheduled or not. Purchase, financing, renting and operation of vessels required for port operations and auxiliary activities, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels, salvage vessels and ice-breakers.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.2, H52.22 and N77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 1 (a) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)until 31 December 2025, hybrid and dual fuel vessels derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(c)where technologically and economically not feasible to comply with the criterion in point (a), until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proved that the vessels are used exclusively for operating coastal and short sea services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI), 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle sub group 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation 2019/1242;
(d)where technologically and economically not feasible to comply with the criterion in point (a), until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources.
2. Vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 2 November 1973 (the IMO MARPOL Convention), in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 of the European Parliament and of the Council, and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, chartering (with or without crew) and operation of vessels designed and equipped for performing passenger transport, on sea or coastal waters, whether scheduled or not. The economic activities in this category include operation of ferries, water taxies and excursions, cruise or sightseeing boats.
The activity could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.10, N77.21 and N77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category does not fulfil the substantial contribution criterion specified in point (a) of this Section, the activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided it complies with the remaining technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)where technologically and economically not feasible to comply with the criterion in point (a), until 31 December 2025, hybrid and dual fuel vessels derive at least 25% of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(c)where technologically and economically not feasible to comply with the criterion in point (a), until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10% below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022, if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Implementing Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802, and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Retrofit and upgrade of vessels designed and equipped for the transport of freight or passengers on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations and auxiliary activities, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels, salvage vessels and ice-breakers.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE codes H50.10, H50.2, H52.22, C33.15, N77.21 and N.77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. Until 31 December 2025, the retrofitting activity reduces fuel consumption of the vessel by at least 10 % expressed in grams of fuel per deadweight tons per nautical mile, as demonstrated by computational fluid dynamics (CFD), tank tests or similar engineering calculations.
2. Vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802, and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility, cycle logistics
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of infrastructure for personal mobility, including the construction of roads, motorways bridges and tunnels and other infrastructure that are dedicated to pedestrians and bicycles, with or without electric assist.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.11, F42.12, F43.21, F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The infrastructure that is constructed and operated is dedicated to personal mobility or cycle logistics: pavements, bike lanes and pedestrian zones, electrical charging and hydrogen refuelling installations for personal mobility devices.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol, taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, operation and maintenance of railways and subways as well as bridges and tunnels, stations, terminals, rail service facilities, safety and traffic management systems including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.12, F42.13, M71.12, M71.20, F43.21, and H52.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the infrastructure (as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU) 2016/797 of the European Parliament and of the Council) is either :
(i)electrified trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU)2016/797;
(ii)new and existing trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems where there is a plan for electrification as regards line tracks, and, to the extent necessary for electric train operations, as regards sidings, or where the infrastructure will be fit for use by zero tailpipe CO2 emission trains within 10 years from the beginning of the activity: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU)2016/797;
(iii)until 2030, existing trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems that are not part of the TEN-T network and its indicative extensions to third countries, nor any nationally, supranationally or internationally defined network of major rail lines: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU) 2016/797;
(b)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods;
(c)infrastructure and installations are dedicated to the transfer of passengers from rail to rail or from other modes to rail.
2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport or storage of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70% (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Where appropriate, given the sensitivity of the area affected, in particular in terms of the size of population affected, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers, or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.15.Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of zero-emissions road transport, as well as infrastructure dedicated to transshipment, and infrastructure required for operating urban transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.11, F42.13, F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vehicles with zero tailpipe CO2 emissions: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen fuelling stations or electric road systems (ERS);
(b)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods;
(c)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to urban and suburban public passenger transport, including associated signalling systems for metro, tram and rail systems.
2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport or storage of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Where relevant, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
Where relevant, maintenance of vegetation along road transport infrastructure ensures that invasive species do not spread.
Mitigation measures have been implemented to avoid wildlife collisions.
|
6.16.Infrastructure enabling low carbon water transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, operation and maintenance of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of vessels or the port’s own operations, as well as infrastructure dedicated to transshipment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.91, F71.1 or F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vessels with zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions: electricity charging, hydrogen-based refuelling;
(b)the infrastructure is dedicated to the provision of shore-side electrical power to vessels at berth;
(c)the infrastructure is dedicated to the performance of the port’s own operations with zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(d)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods.
2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport or storage of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.17.Low carbon airport infrastructure
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of aircraft or the airport’s own operations, as well as for provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircraft.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41.20 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1) point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of aircraft with zero tailpipe CO2 emissions: electricity charging and hydrogen refuelling;
(b)the infrastructure is dedicated to the provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircrafts;
(c)the infrastructure is dedicated to the zero direct emissions performance of the airport’s own operations: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen refuelling stations.
2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport or storage of fossil fuels.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
7.Construction and real estate activities
7.1.Construction of new buildings
Description of the activity
Development of building projects for residential and non-residential buildings by bringing together financial, technical and physical means to realise the building projects for later sale as well as the construction of complete residential or non-residential buildings, on own account for sale or on a fee or contract basis.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41.1 and F41.2, including also activities under F43, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
Constructions of new buildings for which:
1. The Primary Energy Demand (PED), defining the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction, is at least 10 % lower than the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
2. For buildings larger than 5000 m2 , upon completion, the building resulting from the construction undergoes testing for air-tightness and thermal integrity, and any deviation in the levels of performance set at the design stage or defects in the building envelope are disclosed to investors and clients. As an alternative; where robust and traceable quality control processes are in place during the construction process this is acceptable as an alternative to thermal integrity testing.
3. For buildings larger than 5000 m2 , the life-cycle Global Warming Potential (GWP) of the building resulting from the construction has been calculated for each stage in the life cycle and is disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Where installed, except for installations in residential building units, the specified water use for the following water appliances are attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix E to this Annex:
(a)wash hand basin taps and kitchen taps have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
(b)showers have a maximum water flow of 8 litres/min;
(c)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
(d)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
To avoid impact from the construction site, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassembly or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials used in the construction comply with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Building components and materials used in the construction that may come into contact with occupiers emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component upon testing in accordance with the conditions specified in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and less than 0,001 mg of other categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/EN 16516 or ISO 16000-3:2011 or other equivalent standardised test conditions and determination methods.
Where the new construction is located on a potentially contaminated site (brownfield site), the site has been subject to an investigation for potential contaminants, for example using standard ISO 18400.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
The new construction is not built on one of the following:
(a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to the EU LUCAS survey;
(b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List or the IUCN Red List;
(c)land matching the definition of forest as set out in national law used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
|
7.2.Renovation of existing buildings
Description of the activity
Construction and civil engineering works or preparation thereof.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41 and F43 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The building renovation complies with the applicable requirements for major renovations.
Alternatively, it leads to a reduction of primary energy demand (PED) of at least 30 %.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Where installed as part of the renovation works, except for renovation works in residential building units, the specified water use for the following water appliances is attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix E to this Annex:
(a)wash hand basin taps and kitchen taps have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
(b)showers have a maximum water flow of 8 litres/min;
(c)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
(d)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassembly or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials used in the construction complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Building components and materials used in the building renovation that may come into contact with occupiers emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component upon testing in accordance with the conditions specified in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and less than 0,001 mg of other categories1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/EN 16516 or ISO 16000-3:2011 or other equivalent standardised test conditions and determination methods.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A.
|
7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment
Description of the activity
Individual renovation measures consisting in installation, maintenance or repair of energy efficiency equipment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, S95.21, S95.22, C33.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity consists in one of the following individual measures provided that they comply with minimum requirements set for individual components and systems in the applicable national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU and, where applicable, are rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation:
(a)addition of insulation to existing envelope components, such as external walls (including green walls), roofs (including green roofs), lofts, basements and ground floors (including measures to ensure air-tightness, measures to reduce the effects of thermal bridges and scaffolding) and products for the application of the insulation to the building envelope (including mechanical fixings and adhesive);
(b)replacement of existing windows with new energy efficient windows;
(c)replacement of existing external doors with new energy efficient doors;
(d)installation and replacement of energy efficient light sources;
(e)installation, replacement, maintenance and repair of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) and water heating systems, including equipment related to district heating services, with highly efficient technologies;
(f)installation of low water and energy using kitchen and sanitary water fittings which comply with technical specifications set out in Appendix E to this Annex and, in case of shower solutions, mixer showers, shower outlets and taps, have a max water flow of 6 L/min or less attested by an existing label in the Union market.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials comply with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
In case of addition of thermal insulation to an existing building envelope, a building survey is carried out in accordance with national law by a competent specialist with training in asbestos surveying. Any stripping of lagging that contains or is likely to contain asbestos, breaking or mechanical drilling or screwing or removal of insulation board, tiles and other asbestos containing materials is carried out by appropriately trained personnel, with health monitoring before, during and after the works, in accordance with national law.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings)
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings and parking spaces attached to buildings.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
Installation, maintenance or repair of charging stations for electric vehicles.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, and C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity consists in one of the following individual measures:
(a)installation, maintenance and repair of zoned thermostats, smart thermostat systems and sensing equipment, including. motion and day light control;
(b)installation, maintenance and repair of building automation and control systems, building energy management systems (BEMS), lighting control systems and energy management systems (EMS);
(c)installation, maintenance and repair of smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity;
(d)installation, maintenance and repair of façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies, on-site.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity consists in one of the following individual measures, if installed on-site as technical building systems:
(a)installation, maintenance and repair of solar photovoltaic systems and the ancillary technical equipment;
(b)installation, maintenance and repair of solar hot water panels and the ancillary technical equipment;
(c)installation, maintenance, repair and upgrade of heat pumps contributing to the targets for renewable energy in heat and cool in accordance with Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and the ancillary technical equipment;
(d)installation, maintenance and repair of wind turbines and the ancillary technical equipment;
(e)installation, maintenance and repair of solar transpired collectors and the ancillary technical equipment;
(f)installation, maintenance and repair of thermal or electric energy storage units and the ancillary technical equipment;
(g)installation, maintenance and repair of high efficiency micro CHP (combined heat and power) plant;
(h)installation, maintenance and repair of heat exchanger/recovery systems.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings
Description of the activity
Buying real estate and exercising ownership of that real estate.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code L68 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. For buildings built before 31 December 2020, the building has at least an Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) class A. As an alternative, the building is within the top 15% of the national or regional building stock expressed as operational Primary Energy Demand (PED) and demonstrated by adequate evidence, which at least compares the performance of the relevant asset to the performance of the national or regional stock built before 31 December 2020 and at least distinguishes between residential and non-residential buildings.
2. For buildings built after 31 December 2020, the building meets the criteria specified in Section 7.1 of this Annex that are relevant at the time of the acquisition.
3. Where the building is a large non-residential building (with an effective rated output for heating systems, systems for combined space heating and ventilation, air-conditioning systems or systems for combined air-conditioning and ventilation of over 290 kW) it is efficiently operated through energy performance monitoring and assessment.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.Information and communication
8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities
Description of the activity
Storage, manipulation, management, movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission or processing of data through data centres, including edge computing.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J63.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity has implemented all relevant practices listed as “expected practices” in the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency, or in CEN-CENELEC document CLC TR50600-99-1 "Data centre facilities and infrastructures - Part 99-1: Recommended practices for energy management".
The implementation of those practices is verified by an independent third-party and audited at least every three years.
2. Where an expected practice is not considered relevant due to physical, logistical, planning or other constraints, an explanation of why the expected practice is not applicable or practical is provided. Alternative best practices from the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency or other equivalent sources may be identified as direct replacements if they result in similar energy savings.
3. The global warming potential (GWP) of refrigerants used in the data centre cooling system does not exceed 675.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The equipment used meets the requirements laid down in Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products.
The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed the maximum values listed in that Annex.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for reuse, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.2.Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions
Description of the activity
Development or use of ICT solutions that are aimed at collecting, transmitting, storing data and at its modelling and use where those activities are predominantly aimed at the provision of data and analytics enabling GHG emission reductions. Such ICT solutions may include, inter alia, the use of decentralized technologies (i.e. distributed ledger technologies), Internet of Things (IoT), 5G and Artificial Intelligence. The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular J61, J62 and J63.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The ICT solutions are predominantly used for the provision of data and analytics enabling GHG emission reductions.
2. Where an alternative solution/technology is already available on the market, the ICT solution demonstrates substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative solution/technology.
Life-cycle GHG emissions and net emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ETSI ES 203 199, ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-2:2019.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emission reductions are verified by an independent third party which transparently assesses how the standard criteria, including those for critical review, have been followed when the value was derived.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The equipment used meets the requirements set in accordance with Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products.
The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed those listed in that Annex.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for reuse, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
9.Professional, scientific and technical activities
9.1.Close to market research, development and innovation
Description of the activity
Research, applied research and experimental development of solutions, processes, technologies, business models and other products dedicated to the reduction, avoidance or removal of GHG emissions (RD&I) for which the ability to reduce, remove or avoid GHG emissions in the target economic activities has at least been demonstrated in a relevant environment, corresponding to at least Technology Readiness Level (TRL) 6.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular M71.1.2 and M72.1, or for research that is an integral part of those economic activities for which technical screening criteria are specified in this Annex, the NACE codes set out in other Sections of this Annex in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity researches, develops or provides innovation for technologies, products or other solutions that are dedicated to one or more economic activities for which the technical screening criteria have been set out in this Annex.
2. The results of the research, development and innovation enable one or more of those economic activities to meet the respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
3. The economic activity aims at bringing to market a solution that is not yet in the market and is expected to have a better performance in terms of life-cycle GHG emissions than best commercially available technologies based on public or market information. The implementation of the technologies, products or other solutions being researched results in overall net GHG emissions reductions over their life cycle.
4. Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution already enables an activity or several activities addressed in this Annex to meet the technical screening criteria specified in the applicable Section of this Annex, or where that technology, product or other solution already enables one or more economic activities considered as enabling or transitional to meet the requirements specified in points 5 and 6 respectively, the research, development and innovation activity focuses on the development of equally low- or lower-emission technologies, products or other solutions with new significant advantages, such as lower cost.
5. Where a research activity is dedicated to one or more economic activities considered as enabling activities in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation EU 2020/852 for which the technical screening criteria are set out in this Annex, the results of the research deliver innovative technologies, processes or products that allow those enabling activities and the activities that they ultimately enable to substantially reduce their GHG emissions or substantially improve their technological and economic feasibility in order to facilitate their scaling up.
6. Where a research activity is dedicated to one or more economic activities considered as transitional activities in accordance with Article 10(2) of Regulation EU 2020/852 for which the technical screening criteria are set out in this Annex, the technologies, products or other solutions researched enable the target activities to be carried out with substantially lower projected emissions compared to the technical screening criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation set out in this Annex.
Where a research activity is dedicated to one or more economic activities specified in Sections 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.14 and 3.16 of this Annex, the technologies, products or other solutions either enable the target activities to be carried out with substantially lower GHG emission, which aim at a 30% reduction compared to the relevant EU ETS benchmark or benchmarks or are dedicated to the widely accepted relevant low carbon technologies or processes in these sectors, notably electrification , in particular of heating and cooling, hydrogen as fuel or feedstock, CCS, CCU and biomass as fuel or feedstock, where biomass complies with the relevant requirements set out in Sections 4.8, 4.20, 4.24 in this Annex.
7. Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution is at TRL 6 or 7, life-cycle GHG emissions are evaluated in simplified form by the entity carrying out the research. The entity demonstrates one of the following, where applicable:
(a)a patent not older than 10 years associated with the technology, product or other solution, where information on its GHG emission reduction potential has been provided;
(b)a permit obtained from a competent authority for operating the demonstration site associated with the innovative technology, product or other solution for the duration of the demonstration project, where information on its GHG emission reduction potential has been provided.
Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution is at TRL 8 or higher, life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018 and are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The researched technology, product or other solution complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Any potential risks to the good status or the good ecological potential of bodies of water, including surface water and groundwater, or to the good environmental status of marine waters from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Any potential risks to the circular economy objectives from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed, by considering the types of potential significant harm as set out in Article 17(1), point. (d), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Any potential risks to generate a significant increase in the emissions of pollutants to air, water or land from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Any potential risks to the good condition or resilience of ecosystems or to the conservation status of habitats and species, including those of Union interest, from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
9.2.Research, development and innovation for direct air capture of CO2
Description of the activity
Research, applied research and experimental development of solutions, processes, technologies, business models and other products dedicated to the direct air capture of CO2 in the atmosphere.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular M71.1.2 and M72.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
1. The activity researches, develops or provides innovation for technologies, products or other solutions that are dedicated to the direct air capture of CO2 in the atmosphere.
2. The implementation of the technologies, products or other solutions being researched for the direct air capture of CO2 in the atmosphere has the potential to result in overall net GHG emissions reductions once commercialised.
3. Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution is at TRL 1 to 7, life-cycle GHG emissions are evaluated in simplified form by the entity carrying out the research. The entity demonstrates one of the following, where applicable:
(c)a patent not older than 10 years associated with the technology, product or other solution, where information on its GHG emission reduction potential has been provided;
(d)a permit obtained from a competent authority for operating the demonstration site associated with the innovative technology, product or other solution for the duration of the demonstration project, where information on its GHG emission reduction potential has been provided.
Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution is at TRL 8 or higher, life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018 and are verified by an independent third party.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The researched technology, product or other solution complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Any potential risks to the good status or the good ecological potential of bodies of water, including surface water and groundwater, or to the good environmental status of marine waters from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Any potential risks to the circular economy objectives from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed, by considering the types of potential significant harm as set out in Article 17(1), point (d), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Any potential risks to generate a significant increase in the emissions of pollutants to air, water or land from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Any potential risks to the good condition or resilience of ecosystems or to the conservation status of habitats and species, including those of Union interest, from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
9.3.Professional services related to energy performance of buildings
Description of the activity
Professional services related to energy performance of buildings.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code M71 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
|
The activity consists in one of the following:
(a)technical consultations (energy consultations, energy simulations, project management, production of energy performance contracts, dedicated trainings) linked to the improvement of energy performance of buildings;
(b)accredited energy audits and building performance assessments;
(c)energy management services;
(d)energy performance contracts;
(e)energy services provided by energy service companies (ESCOs).
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix A to this Annex.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
Appendix A: Generic criteria for DNSH to climate change adaptation
I. Criteria
The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in the table in Section II of this Appendix by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)
screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Section II of this Appendix may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)
where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Section II of this Appendix, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)
an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)
for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)
for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications, and open source or paying models.
For existing activities and new activities using existing physical assets, the economic operator implements physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’), over a period of time of up to five years, that reduce the most important identified physical climate risks that are material to that activity. An adaptation plan for the implementation of those solutions is drawn up accordingly.
For new activities and existing activities using newly-built physical assets, the economic operator integrates the adaptation solutions that reduce the most important identified physical climate risks that are material to that activity at the time of design and construction and has implemented them before the start of operations.
The adaptation solutions implemented do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities; are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation strategies and plans; and consider the use of nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible.
II. Classification of climate-related hazards
|
|
Temperature-related
|
Wind-related
|
Water-related
|
Solid mass-related
|
|
Chronic
|
Changing temperature (air, freshwater, marine water)
|
Changing wind patterns
|
Changing precipitation patterns and types (rain, hail, snow/ice)
|
Coastal erosion
|
|
|
Heat stress
|
|
Precipitation or hydrological variability
|
Soil degradation
|
|
|
Temperature variability
|
|
Ocean acidification
|
Soil erosion
|
|
|
Permafrost thawing
|
|
Saline intrusion
|
Solifluction
|
|
|
|
|
Sea level rise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water stress
|
|
|
Acute
|
Heat wave
|
Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon
|
Drought
|
Avalanche
|
|
|
Cold wave/frost
|
Storm (including blizzards, dust and sandstorms)
|
Heavy precipitation (rain, hail, snow/ice)
|
Landslide
|
|
|
Wildfire
|
Tornado
|
Flood (coastal, fluvial, pluvial, ground water)
|
Subsidence
|
|
|
|
|
Glacial lake outburst
|
|
Appendix B: Generic criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed with the aim of achieving good water status and good ecological potential as defined in Article 2, points (22) and (23), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and a water use and protection management plan, developed thereunder for the potentially affected water body or bodies, in consultation with relevant stakeholders.
Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
Appendix C: Generic criteria for DNSH to pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals
The activity does not lead to the manufacture, placing on the market or use of:
(a) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in articles, listed in Annexes I or II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1021 of the European Parliament and of the Council, except in the case of substances present as an unintentional trace contaminant;
(b) mercury and mercury compounds, their mixtures and mercury-added products as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(c) substances, whether on their own, in mixture or in articles, listed in Annexes I or II to Regulation (EC) No 1005/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(d) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an articles, listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, except where there is full compliance with Article 4(1) of that Directive;
(e) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, listed in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council, except where there is full compliance with the conditions specified in that Annex;
(f) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, meeting the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 and identified in accordance with Article 59(1) of that Regulation, except where their use has been proven to be essential for the society;
(g) other substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, that meet the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, except where their use has been proven to be essential for the society.
Appendix D: Generic criteria for DNSH to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening has been completed in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU.
Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment, where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures are implemented.
Appendix E: Technical specifications for water appliances
1. The flow rate is recorded at the standard reference pressure 3 -0/+ 0,2 bar or 0,1 -0/+0,02 for products limited to low pressure.
2. The flow rate at the lower pressure 1,5 -0/+ 0,2 bar is ≥ 60 % of the maximum available flow rate.
3. For mixer showers, the reference temperature is 38 ± 1 ̊C.
4. Where the flow has to be lower than 6 L/min, it complies with the rule set out in point 2.
5. For taps the procedure described in clause 10.2.3 of EN 200 is followed, with the following exceptions:
(a) for taps that are not limited to low pressure applications only: apply a 3 -0/+ 0,2 bar pressure to both the hot and the cold inlets, alternatively;
(b) for taps that are limited to low pressure applications only: apply a 0,4 -0/+0,02 bar pressure to both the hot and the cold inlets and fully open the flow control.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANNEX II
5
1.Forestry5
1.1.Afforestation5
1.2.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests, including reforestation and natural forest regeneration after an extreme event13
1.3.Forest management21
1.4.Conservation forestry27
2.Environmental protection and restoration activities34
2.1.Restoration of wetlands34
3.Manufacturing39
3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies39
3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen41
3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport44
3.4.Manufacture of batteries49
3.5.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings52
3.6.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies55
3.7.Manufacture of cement58
3.8.Manufacture of aluminium61
3.9.Manufacture of iron and steel63
3.10.Manufacture of hydrogen67
3.11.Manufacture of carbon black70
3.12.Manufacture of soda ash72
3.13.Manufacture of chlorine75
3.14.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals78
3.15.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia82
3.16.Manufacture of nitric acid85
3.17.Manufacture of plastics in primary form87
4.Energy91
4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology91
4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology93
4.3.Electricity generation from wind power95
4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies98
4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower100
4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy105
4.7.Electricity generation from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels107
4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy110
4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity113
4.10.Storage of electricity116
4.11.Storage of thermal energy119
4.12.Storage of hydrogen121
4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids123
4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases126
4.15.District heating/cooling distribution128
4.16.Installation and operation of electric heat pumps131
4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy133
4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy135
4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels138
4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy140
4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating143
4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy146
4.23.Production of heat/cool from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels148
4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy150
4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat153
5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities156
5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems156
5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems158
5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment160
5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment163
5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions166
5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge168
5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste171
5.8.Composting of bio-waste173
5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste176
5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation178
5.11.Transport of CO2181
5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2183
6.Transport185
6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport185
6.2.Freight rail transport188
6.3.Urban and suburban transport, road passenger transport190
6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices, cycle logistics193
6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles195
6.6.Freight transport services by road198
6.7.Inland passenger water transport201
6.8.Inland freight water transport204
6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport206
6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities208
6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport212
6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport216
6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility, cycle logistics219
6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport222
6.15.Infrastructure enabling road transport and public transport225
6.16.Infrastructure for water transport228
6.17.Airport infrastructure232
7.Construction and real estate236
7.1.Construction of new buildings236
7.2.Renovation of existing buildings240
7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment243
7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings)246
7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings249
7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies251
7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings254
8.Information and communication257
8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities257
8.2.Computer programming, consultancy and related activities260
8.3.Programming and broadcasting activities262
9.Professional, scientific and technical activities265
9.1.Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change265
9.2.Close to market research, development and innovation267
10.Financial and insurance activities270
10.1.Non-life insurance: underwriting of climate-related perils270
10.2.Reinsurance273
11.Education276
12.Human health and social work activities278
12.1.Residential care activities278
13.Arts, entertainment and recreation281
13.1.Creative, arts and entertainment activities281
13.2.Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities283
13.3.Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities286
Appendix A: Classification of climate-related hazards290
Appendix B: Generic criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources291
Appendix C: Generic criteria for DNSH to pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals292
Appendix D: Generic criteria for DNSH to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems293
ANNEX II
Technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
1.Forestry
1.1.Afforestation
Description of the activity
Establishment of forest through planting, deliberate seeding or natural regeneration on land that, until then, was under a different land use or not used. Afforestation implies a transformation of land use from non-forest to forest, in accordance with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (‘FAO’) definition of afforestation, where forest means a land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest. Afforestation may cover past afforestation as long as it takes place in the period between the planting of the trees and the time when the land use is recognised as a forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Afforestation plan and subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The area on which the activity takes place is covered by an afforestation plan of a duration of at least five years, or the minimum period prescribed in national law, developed prior to the start of the activity, and continuously updated until this area matches the definition of forest as set out in national law or where not available, is in line with the FAO definition of forest.
The afforestation plan contains all elements required by the national law relating to environmental impact assessment of afforestation.
1.2. Preferably through the afforestation plan, or if information is missing, through any other document, detailed information is provided on the following points:
(a)description of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(b)site preparation and its impacts on pre-existing carbon stocks, including soils and above-ground biomass, in order to protect land with high carbon stock;
(c)management goals, including major constraints;
(d)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(e)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(f)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(g)measures deployed to establish and maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(h)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(i)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(j)assessment of impact on food security;
(k)all DNSH criteria relevant to afforestation.
1.3. When the area becomes a forest, the afforestation plan is followed by a subsequent forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.4. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant to forest management.
1.5. The activity follows the best afforestation practices laid down in national law, or, where no such best afforestation practices have been laid down in national law, the activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the activity complies with Delegated Regulation (EU) No 807/2014;
(b)the activity follows the “Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC”.
1.6. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.7. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.8. The afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3.Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area level as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of forest holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in points 1.2(k) (Afforestation plan) and 1.4(i) (Forest management plan or equivalent system) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.2.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests, including reforestation and natural forest regeneration after an extreme event
Description of the activity
Rehabilitation and restoration of forests as defined by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, rehabilitation and restoration refers to a definition with broad agreement in the peer-reviewed scientific literature for specific countries or a definition in line with the FAO concept of forest restoration or a definition in line with one of the definitions of ecological restoration applied to forest, or forest rehabilitation under the Convention on Biological Diversity. The economic activities also include forest activities in line with the FAO definition of “reforestation” and “naturally regenerating forest” after an extreme event, where extreme event is defined by national law, and where national law does not contain such a definition, is in line with the IPCC definition of extreme weather event; or after a wildfire, where wildfire is defined by national law, and where national law does not contain such a definition, as defined in the European Glossary for wildfires and forest fires.
The economic activities in this category imply no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more, and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant to forest management.
1.3. The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.4. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.5. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3.Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.3.Forest management
Description of the activity
Forest management as defined by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, forest management refers to any economic activity resulting from a system applicable to a forest that influences the ecological, economic or social functions of the forest. Forest management assumes no change in land use and occurs on land matching the definition of forest as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to establish and maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant for forest management.
1.3. The sustainability of the forest management system, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.4. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.5. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent document provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3. Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimised the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in in points 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.4.Conservation forestry
Description of the activity
Forest management activities with the objective of preserving one or more habitats or species. Conservation forestry assumes no change in land category and occurs on land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities; or
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national regulation dos not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, main forest tree species and those intended and their extent and distribution, in accordance to the local forest ecosystem context;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH relevant to forest management.
1.3. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument:
(a)shows a primary designated management objective that consists in protection of soil and water, conservation of biodiversity or social services based on the FAO definitions;
(b)promotes biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(c)includes an analysis of:
(i)impacts and pressures on habitat conservation and diversity of associated habitats;
(ii)condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts;
(iii)other activities that have an impact on conservation objectives, such as hunting and fishing, agricultural, pastoral and forestry activities, industrial, mining, and commercial activities.
1.4. The sustainability of the forest management system as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1 is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the national definition of sustainable forest management, if any;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management
(c)the management system in place shows compliance with the forest sustainability criteria as defined in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.5. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.6. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.1.7. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3. Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity does not use pesticides or fertilisers.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
2.Environmental protection and restoration activities
2.1.Restoration of wetlands
Description of the activity
Restoration of wetlands refers to economic activities that promote a return to original conditions of wetlands and economic activities that improve wetland functions without necessarily promoting a return to pre-disturbance conditions, with wetlands meaning land matching international definition of wetland or of peatland as set out in the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention). The concerned area matches the Union definition of wetlands, as provided in the Commission Communication on the wise use and conservation of wetlands.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006, but relate to class 6 of the statistical classification of environmental protection activities (CEPA) established by Regulation (EU) No 691/2011.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1.
Restoration plan
1.1. The area is covered by a restoration plan, which is consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s principles and guidelines on wetland restoration, until the area is classified as a wetland and is covered by a wetland management plan, consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s guidelines for management planning for Ramsar sites and other wetlands. For peatlands, the restoration plan follows the recommendations contained in relevant resolutions of the Ramsar Convention, including the resolution XIII/13.
1.2. The restoration plan contains careful consideration of local hydrological and pedological conditions, including the dynamics of soil saturation and the change of aerobic and anaerobic conditions.
1.3. All wetland management relevant DNSH criteria are addressed in the restoration plan.
1.4. The restoration plan provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and with the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Peat extraction is minimised.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is minimised and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pest and diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
The plan referred to in point 1 (Restoration Plan) of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive species.
|
3.Manufacturing
3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies
Description of the activity
Manufacture of renewable energy technologies where renewable energy is as defined in Article 2(1) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C25, C27, C28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen, where the hydrogen for the production of which equipment is manufactured complies with the life cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 73.4 % [resulting in life-cycle GHG emissions lower than 3 tCO2e/tH2] and of 70% for hydrogen-based synthetic fuels relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ in analogy to the approach set out in Article 25(2) of and Annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport
Description of the activity
Manufacture, repair, maintenance, retrofitting, repurposing and upgrade of low carbon transport vehicles, rolling stock and vessels, where the technology is one of the following:
(a)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode);
(c)urban, suburban and road passenger transport devices, where the direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
(d)until 31 December 2025, vehicles designated as categories M2 and M3 that have a type of bodywork classified as ‘CA’ (single-deck vehicle), ‘CB’ (double-deck vehicle), ‘CC’ (single-deck articulated vehicle) or ‘CD’ (double-deck articulated vehicle), and comply with the latest EURO VI standard, i.e. both with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 and, from the time of the entry into force of amendments to that Regulation, in those amending acts, even before they become applicable, and with the latest step of the Euro VI standard set out in Table 1 of Appendix 9 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 where the provisions governing that step have entered into force but have not yet become applicable for this type of vehicle. Where such standard is not available, the direct CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
(e)personal mobility devices with a propulsion that comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity;
(f)vehicles of category M1 and N1 classified as light-duty vehicles with:
(i)until 31 December 2025: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
(ii)from 1 January 2026: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero;
(g)vehicles of category L with tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013;
(h)vehicles of category N2 and N3, and N1classified as heavy-duty vehicles, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(i)vehicles of category N2 and N3 not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 or ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12) of that Regulation;
(j)inland passenger water transport vessels that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid or dual fuel vessels using at least 50 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation;
(k)inland freight water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator, 50 % lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5- LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(l)sea and coastal freight water transport vessels, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities, that are not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid and dual fuel vessels that derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(iii)until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proven that the vessels are used exclusively for operating coastal and short sea services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels that have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI), 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(iv)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources;
(m)sea and coastal passenger water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, hybrid and dual fuel vessels derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(iii)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C29.1, C30.1, C30.2, C30.9, C33.15, C33.17 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Where applicable, vehicles do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, in accordance with Directive 2000/53/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.4.Manufacture of batteries
Description of the activity
Manufacture of rechargeable batteries, battery packs and accumulators for transport, stationary and off-grid energy storage and other industrial applications and manufacture of respective components (battery active materials, battery cells, casings and electronic components) that result in substantial GHG emission reductions in transport, stationary and off-grid energy storage and other industrial applications.
Recycling of end-of-life batteries.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE C27.2 and E38.3.2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
For manufacturing of new batteries, components and materials, the activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
Recycling processes meet the conditions set out in Article 12 and in Annex III, Part B, of Directive 2006/66/EC, including the use of the latest relevant Best Available Techniques, the achievement of the efficiencies specified for lead-acid batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries and for other chemistries. These processes ensure the recycling of the metal content to the highest degree that is technically feasible while avoiding excessive costs.
Where applicable, facilities carrying out recycling processes meet the requirements laid down in Directive 2010/75/EU.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Batteries comply with the applicable sustainability rules on the placing on the market of batteries in the Union, including restrictions on the use of hazardous substances in batteries, including Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and Directive 2006/66/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.5.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings
Description of the activity
Manufacture of one or more of the following energy efficiency equipment products and their key components for buildings:
(a)windows with U-value lower or equal to 1,0 W/m2K;
(b)doors with U-value lower or equal to 1,2 W/m2K;
(c)external wall systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,5 W/m2K;
(d)roofing systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,3 W/m2K;
(e)insulating products with a lambda value lower or equal to 0,06 W/mK;
(f)household appliances falling into the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency classes in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and the delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(g)light sources rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(h)space heating and domestic hot water systems rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(i)cooling and ventilation systems rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(j)presence and daylight controls for lighting systems;
(k)heat pumps compliant with the technical screening criteria set out in Section 4.16 of this Annex;
(l)façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation;
(m)energy-efficient building automation and control systems for residential and non-residential buildings;
(n)zoned thermostats and devices for the smart monitoring of the main electricity loads or heat loads for buildings, and sensoring equipment;
(o)products for heat metering and thermostatic controls for individual homes connected to district heating systems, for individual flats connected to central heating systems serving a whole building, and for central heating systems;
(p)district heating exchangers and substations compliant with the district heating/cooling distribution activity set out in Section 4.15 of this Annex;
(q)products for smart monitoring and regulating of heating system, and sensoring equipment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C16.23, C23.11, C23.20, C23.31, C23.32, C23.43, C.23.61, C25.11, C25.12, C25.21, C25.29, C25.93, C27.31, C27.32, C27.33, C27.40, C27.51, C28.11, C28.12, C28.13, C28.14, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.6.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies
Description of the activity
Manufacture of technologies aimed at substantial GHG emission reductions in other sectors of the economy, where those technologies are not covered in Sections 3.1 to 3.5 of this Annex and where those technologies demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology, product or solution available on the market, calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018 and where the quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified by an independent third party.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C22, C25, C26, C27 and C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.7.Manufacture of cement
Description of the activity
Manufacture of cement clinker, cement or alternative binder.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C23.51 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Greenhouse gas emissions from the cement production processes are:
(a)for grey cement clinker, lower than 0,816 tCO2e per tonne of grey cement clinker;
(b)for cement from grey clinker or alternative hydraulic binder, lower than 0,530 tCO2e per tonne of cement or alternative binder manufactured.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For manufacture of cement employing hazardous wastes as alternative fuels, measures are in place to ensure the safe handling of waste.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.8.Manufacture of aluminium
Description of the activity
Manufacture of aluminium through primary alumina (bauxite) process or secondary aluminium recycling.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C24.42, C24.53 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)primary aluminium where the economic activity complies with two of the following criteria until 2025 and with all of the following criteria after 2025:
(i)the GHG emissions do not exceed 1,604 tCO2e per ton of aluminium manufactured;
(ii)the indirect GHG emissions do not exceed 270g CO2e/kWh;
(iii)the electricity consumption for the manufacturing process does not exceed 15.5 MWh/t Al;
(b)secondary aluminium.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the non-ferrous metals industries. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.9.Manufacture of iron and steel
Description of the activity
Manufacture of iron and steel.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C24.10, C24.20, C24.31, C24.32, C24.33, C24.34, C24.51 and C24.52 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)iron and steel where GHG emissions, reduced by the amount of emissions assigned to the production of waste gases in accordance with point 10.1.5(a) of Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2019/331 do not exceed the following values applied to the different manufacturing process steps:
(i)hot metal =1,443 tCO2e/t product;
(ii)sintered ore = 0,242 tCO2e/t product;
(iii)coke (excluding lignite coke) = 0,237 tCO2e/t product;
(iv)iron casting = 0,390 tCO2e/t product;
(v)electric arc furnace (EAF) high alloy steel = 0,360 tCO2e/t product;
(vi)electric arc furnace (EAF) carbon steel = 0,276] tCO2e/t product.
(b)steel in electric arc furnaces (EAFs) producing EAF carbon steel or EAF high alloy steel as defined in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/331 and where the steel scrap input relative to product output is:
(i)at least 70 % for the production of high alloy steel
(ii)at least 90 % for production of carbon steel.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for iron and steel production.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.10.Manufacture of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Manufacture of hydrogen and hydrogen-based synthetic fuels.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity complies with the life cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 70 % relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ as set out in Article 25(2) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Annex V to that Directive.
Life cycle GHG emissions savings are calculated using the methodology referred to in Article 28(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified in line with Article 30 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 where applicable, or by an independent third party.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali and the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the refining of mineral oil and gas.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.11.Manufacture of carbon black
Description of the activity
Manufacture of carbon black.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DHSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Greenhouse gas emissions from the carbon black production processes are lower than 1,615 tCO2e per tonne of product.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.12.Manufacture of soda ash
Description of the activity
Manufacture of disodium carbonate (soda ash, sodium carbonate, carbonic acid disodium salt).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Greenhouse gas emissions from the soda ash production processes are lower than 0,866 tCO2e per tonne of product.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.13.Manufacture of chlorine
Description of the activity
Manufacture of chlorine.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Electricity consumption for electrolysis and chlorine treatment is equal or lower than 2,45 MWh per tonne of chlorine.
Average direct greenhouse gas emissions of the electricity used for chlorine production is at or lower than 270 g CO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
3.14.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals
Description of the activity
Manufacture of:
(a)high value chemicals (HVC):
(i)acetylene;
(ii)ethylene;
(iii)propylene;
(iv)butadiene.
(b)Aromatics:
(i)mixed alkylbenzenes, mixed alkylnaphthalenes other than HS 2707 or 2902;
(ii)cyclohexane;
(iii)benzene;
(iv)toluene;
(v)o-Xylene;
(vi)p-Xylene;
(vii)m-Xylene and mixed xylene isomers;
(viii)ethylbenzene;
(ix)cumene;
(x)biphenyl, terphenyls, vinyltoluenes, other cyclic hydrocarbons excluding cyclanes, cyclenes, cycloterpenes, benzene, toluene, xylenes, styrene, ethylbenzene, cumene, naphthalene, anthracene;
(xi)benzol (benzene), toluol (toluene) and xylol (xylenes);
(xii)naphthalene and other aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures (excluding benzole, toluole, xylole).
(c)vinyl chloride;
(d)styrene;
(e)ethylene oxide;
(f)monoethylene glycol;
(g)adipic acid.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.14 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
GHG emissions from the organic chemicals production processes are lower than :
(a)for HVC: [0,851] tCO2e/t of HVC;
(b)for aromatics: 0,0300 tCO2e/t of complex weighted throughput;
(c)for vinyl chloride: [0,268 tCO2e/t of vinyl chloride;
(d)for styrene: 0,564 tCO2e/t of styrene;
(e)for ethylene oxide/ethylene glycols: 0,489 tCO2e/t of ethylene oxide/glycol;
(f)for adipic acid: 0,76 tCO2e/t of adipic acid.
Where the organic chemicals in scope are produced wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, the life-cycle GHG emissions of the manufactured chemical, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent chemical manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock
Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of large volumes organic chemicals;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.15.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia
Description of the activity
Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the manufacturing of anhydrous ammonia has greenhouse gas emissions lower than 1,948 tCO2e per tonne of anhydrous ammonia;
(b)ammonia is recovered from waste water.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.16.Manufacture of nitric acid
Description of the activity
Manufacture of nitric acid.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
GHG emissions from the manufacture of nitric acid are lower than 0,184 tCO2e per tonne of nitric acid.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.17.Manufacture of plastics in primary form
Description of the activity
Manufacture resins, plastics materials and non-vulcanisable thermoplastic elastomers, the mixing and blending of resins on a custom basis, as well as the manufacture of non-customised synthetic resins.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.16 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The plastic in primary form is one of the following:
(a)fully manufactured by mechanical recycling of plastic waste;
(b)where mechanical recycling is not possible, fully manufactured by chemical recycling of plastic waste where the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the manufactured plastic, excluding any calculated credits from the production of fuels, are lower than the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the equivalent primary plastic manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. Life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
(c)derived wholly or partially from renewable feedstock where the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the manufactured plastic in primary form, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, is lower than the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the equivalent plastics in primary form manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. Life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of plastics in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of plastics in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Production of Polymers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.Energy
4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using solar photovoltaic (PV) technology.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.3.Electricity generation from wind power
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from wind power.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
In case of construction of offshore wind, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive and as set out in Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
In case of offshore wind, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed integrity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
|
4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from ocean energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
The activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 1 (biodiversity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from hydropower.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
1. The activity complies with the provisions of Directive 2000/60/EC, in particular with all the requirements laid down in Article 4 of the Directive.
2. For operation of existing hydropower plants, including refurbishment activities to enhance renewable energy or energy storage potential, the activity complies with the following criteria:
2.1. In accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular Articles 4 and 11 of that Directive, all technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures have been implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
2.2. Measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure downstream and upstream fish migration (such as fish friendly turbines, fish guidance structures, state-of-the-art fully functional fish passes, measures to stop or minimise operation and discharges during migration or spawning);
(b)measures to ensure minimum ecological flow (including mitigation of rapid, short-term variations in flow or hydro-peaking operations) and sediment flow;
(c)measures to protect or enhance habitats.
2.3. The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
3. For construction of new hydropower plants, the activity complies with the following criteria:
3.1. In accordance with Article 4 of Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular paragraph 7 of that Article, prior to construction, an impact assessment of the project is carried out to assess all its potential impacts on the status of water bodies within the same river basin and on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions.
The assessment is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydromorphological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
It assesses in particular the cumulated impacts of this new project with other existing or planned infrastructure in the river basin.
3.2. On the basis of that impact assessment, it has been established that the plant is conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that it complies with one of the following requirements:
(a)
the plant does not entail any deterioration nor compromises the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body it relates to;
(b)
where the plant risks to deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, such deterioration is not significant, and is justified by a detailed cost-benefit assessment demonstrating both of the following:
(i)the reasons of overriding public interest or the fact that benefits expected from the planned hydropower plant outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society;
(ii)the fact that the overriding public interest or the benefits expected from the plant cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (such as refurbishing of existing hydropower plants or use of technologies not disrupting river continuity).
3.3. All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
Mitigation measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure downstream and upstream fish migration (such as fish friendly turbines, fish guidance structures, state-of the-art fully functional fish passes, measures to stop or minimise operation and discharges during migration or spawning);
(b)measures to ensure minimum ecological flow (including mitigation of rapid, short-term variations in flow or hydro-peaking operations) and sediment flow;
(c)measures to protect or enhance habitats.
The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
3.4. The plant does not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
3.5. In addition to the mitigation measures referred to above, and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not increase the fragmentation of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned hydropower plant may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directive 2004/107/EC and Directive 2008/50/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.7.Electricity generation from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include electricity generation from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.8 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emissions levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of electricity generation installations that produce electricity exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, excluding electricity generation from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.7 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, measures are implemented to reduce emission levels taking into account the results of the information exchange which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 .
For anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of transmission systems that transport electricity on the extra high-voltage and high-voltage interconnected system.
Construction and operation of distribution systems that transport electricity on high-voltage, medium-voltage and low-voltage distribution systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.12 and D35.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to creating a direct connection, or expanding an existing direct connection to a power production plant where the direct greenhouse gas emissions exceed 270 gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Overground high voltage lines:
(a)for construction site activities, activities follow the principles of the International Finance Corporation (IFC) General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines.
(b)activities respect applicable norms and regulations to limit impact of electromagnetic radiation on human health, including for activities carried out in the Union, the Council recommendation on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) and for activities carried out in third countries the 1998 Guidelines of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP).
Activities do not use PCBs polyclorinated biphenyls.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.10.Storage of electricity
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store electricity and return it at a later time in the form of electricity. The activity includes pumped hydropower storage.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
For pumped hydropower storage not connected to a river body, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
For hydropower storage connected to a river body, the activity complies with the criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources specified in Section 4.5 (Electricity production from hydropower).
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.11.Storage of thermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store thermal energy and return it at a later time, in the form of thermal energy or other energy vectors.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
For Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.12.Storage of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store hydrogen and return it at a later time.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
In the case of storage above five tonnes, the activity complies with Directive 2012/18/EU.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids
Description of the activity
Manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For biogas production, a gas-tight cover on the digestate storage is applied.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 for digestate or CMC 3 for compost, as applicable, in Annex II to Regulation EU 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases
Description of the activity
Conversion, repurposing or retrofit of gas networks for the transmission and distribution of renewable and low-carbon gases.
Construction or operation of transmission and distribution pipelines dedicated to the transport of hydrogen and other low-carbon gases.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.21, F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The repurposing does not increase gas transmission and distribution capacity.
The repurposing does not extend the lifespan of the networks beyond their pre-retrofit projected lifespan, unless the network is dedicated to hydrogen or other low-carbon gases.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.15.District heating/cooling distribution
Description of the activity
Construction, refurbishment and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distribution of heating and cooling, ending at the sub-station or heat exchanger.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and otherwise comply with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.16.Installation and operation of electric heat pumps
Description of the activity
Installation and operation of electric heat pumps.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.30, F43.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For air to air heat pumps with rated capacity of 12kW or below, indoor and outdoor sound power levels are below the threshold set out in Regulation (EU) No 206/2012.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of a facility co-generating electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities co-generating heat/cool and power from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include cogeneration of heat/cool and power from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.20 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of installations used for cogeneration of heat/cool and power exclusively from biomass, biogas, or bioliquids, excluding cogeneration from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.19 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants, ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange, which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities producing heat/cool from solar thermal heating technology.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.23.Production of heat/cool from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heating/cool using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include production of heat/cool from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.24 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the Emission Limit Values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, excluding production of heat/cool from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.23 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants, ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange, which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10 of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
For anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool using waste heat.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Pumps and the kind of equipment used, which is covered by Ecodesign and Energy labelling comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label laid down in Regulation (EU) 2017/1369, and with implementing regulations under Directive 2009/125/EC and represent the best available technology.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities
5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems
Description of the activity
Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems
Description of the activity
Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems including renewals to water collection, treatment and distribution infrastructures for domestic and industrial needs. It implies no material changes to the volume of flow collected, treated or supplied.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment
Description of the activity
Construction, extension and operation of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed. The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC or as required by national provisions stating maximum permissible pollutant levels from discharges to receiving waters.
Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
Sewage sludge is used in accordance with Directive 86/278/EEC or as required by national law relating to the spreading of sludge on the soil or any other application of sludge on and in the soil.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment
Description of the activity
Renewal of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment. It implies no material change related to the load or volume of flow collected or treated in the waste water system.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E37.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed. The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC or as required by national provisions stating maximum permissible pollutant levels from discharges to receiving waters.
Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
Sewage sludge is used in accordance with Directive 86/278/EEC or as required by national law relating to the spreading of sludge on the soil or any other application of sludge on and in the soil.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions
Description of the activity
Separate collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in single or comingled fractions aimed at preparing for reuse or recycling.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E38.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Separately collected waste fractions are not mixed in waste storage and transfer facilities with other waste or materials with different properties.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities for the treatment of sewage sludge by anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas or chemicals.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E37.00 and F42.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available technique (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
Where the resulting digestate is intended for use as fertiliser or soil improver, its nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas and digestate or chemicals.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring and contingency plan is in place in order to minimise methane leakage at the facility.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available technique (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
The produced digestate meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 for digestate or CMC 3 for compost, as applicable, in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009, or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
The Nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) of the digestate used as fertiliser or soil improver is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.8.Composting of bio-waste
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through composting (aerobic digestion) with the resulting production and utilisation of compost.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For composting plants treating over 75 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out for aerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
The site has a system in place that prevents leachate reaching groundwater.
The compost produced meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Category 3 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities for the sorting and processing of separately collected non-hazardous waste streams into secondary raw materials involving mechanical reprocessing, except for backfilling purposes.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.32 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation
Description of the activity
Installation and operation of infrastructure for landfill gas capture and utilisation in permanently closed landfills or landfill cells using new or supplementary dedicated technical facilities and equipment installed during or post landfill or landfill cell closure.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E38.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The permanent closure and remediation as well as the after-care of old landfills, where the landfill gas capture system is installed, are carried out in accordance with the following rules:
(a)general requirements set out in Annex I to Directive 1999/31/EC;
(b)control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to that Directive.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.11.Transport of CO2
Description of the activity
Transport of captured CO2 via all modes, construction and operation of CO2 pipelines and retrofit of gas networks where the main purpose is the integration of captured CO2 and where:
(a)the CO2 transported from the installation where it is captured to the injection point does not lead to CO2 leakages above 0.5 % of the mass of CO2 transported;
(b)the CO2 is delivered to a permanent CO2 storage site that meets the criteria for underground geological storage of CO2 set out in section 5.12 of this Annex; or to other transport modalities, which lead to permanent CO2 storage site that meet those criteria;
(c)appropriate leak detection systems are applied and a monitoring plan is in place, with the report verified by an independent third party;
(d)the activity may include the installation of assets that increase the flexibility and improve the management of an existing network.
The activity could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for CO2 leakages.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2
Description of the activity
Permanent storage of captured CO2 in appropriate underground geological formations.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E39.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for CO2 leakages.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.Transport
6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, rental, leasing and operation of passenger transport using railway rolling stock on mainline networks, spread over an extensive geographic area, passenger transport by interurban railways and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars as an integrated operation of railway companies.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.10, N77.39 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.2.Freight rail transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of freight transport on mainline rail networks as well as short line freight railroads.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.20 and N77.39 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The trains and wagons are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.3.Urban and suburban transport, road passenger transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of urban and suburban transport vehicles for passengers and road passenger transport.
For motor vehicles, it includes operation of vehicles designated as category M2 or M3, in accordance with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, for the provision of passenger transport.
The economic activities in this category may include operation of different modes of land transport, such as by motor bus, tram, streetcar, trolley bus, underground and elevated railways. This also includes town-to-airport or town-to-station lines and operation of funicular railways and aerial cableways where part of urban or suburban transit systems.
The economic activities in this category also includes scheduled long-distance bus services, charters, excursions and other occasional coach services, airport shuttles (including within airports), operation of school buses and buses for the transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.31, H49.3.9, N77.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For road vehicles of categories M, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Where applicable, vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices, cycle logistics
Description of the activity
Selling, purchasing, leasing, renting and operation of personal mobility or transport devices where the propulsion comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity. This includes the provision of freight transport services by (cargo) bicycles.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular N77.11 and N77.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein).
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing and operation of vehicles designated as category M1, N1 both falling under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, or L (2- and 3-wheel vehicles and quadricycles).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.32, H49.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
For vehicles of categories M1 and N1, specific emissions of CO2 defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631 are not higher than the fleet-wide CO2 emissions targets.
The fleet-wide CO2 emissions target values to be considered are:
(a)until 31 December 2024:
(i)for NEDC values, the target values as specified in Article 1, paragraphs 2-3 of Regulation (EU) 2019/631: 95 gCO2/km for vehicles of category M1 and 147 gCO2/km for vehicles of category N1;
(ii)for WLTP values, the EU fleet-wide target2021, as specified in Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2019/631, in Part A, point 6.0 for vehicles of category M1 and in Part B, point 6.0 for vehicles of category N1. Until the respective EU fleet-wide target2021 is published, those vehicles of category M1 and N1 whose CO2 emissions are only expressed according to WLTP test procedure will be applied a conversion factor of 1.21 and 1.24 respectively in order to account for the transition from NEDC to WLTP, resulting in the corresponding WLTP values of 115 gCO2/km for vehicles of category M1 and 182 gCO2/km for vehicles of category N1;
(b)from 1 January 2025, the target values as specified in Article 1, paragraph 4 of Regulation (EU) 2019/631.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Vehicles of categories M1 and N1 are both of the following:
(a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight;
(b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight.
Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vehicles comply with requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro 6 light-duty emission type-approval set out in in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007.
Vehicles comply with the emission thresholds for clean light-duty vehicles set out in Table 2 of the Annex to Directive 2009/33/EC.
For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.6.Freight transport services by road
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of vehicles designated as category N1, N2 or N3 falling under the scope of EURO VI, step E or its successor for freight transport services by road.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.4.1, H53.10, H53.20 and N77.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. The vehicles are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
2. For vehicles of category N2 and N3 falling under the scope of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242, specific direct CO2 emissions are equal to or lower than the reference CO2 emissions of all vehicles in the same sub-group, as defined in Article 3 of that Regulation.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Vehicles of category N1, N2 and N3 are both of the following:
(a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight;
(b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight.
Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.7.Inland passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of passenger vessels on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines in vessels comply with the emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.8.Inland freight water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of freight vessels on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.4 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vessels comply with the emission limits of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport
Description of the activity
Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for transport of freight or passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.4, H50.30 and C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vessels comply with the emission limits of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, chartering (with or without crew) and operation of vessels designed and equipped for transport of freight or for the combined transport of freight and passengers on sea or coastal waters, whether scheduled or not. Purchase, financing, renting and operation of vessels required for port operations and auxiliary activities, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels, salvage vessels and ice-breakers.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.2, H52.22 and N77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials on board. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, chartering (with or without crew) and operation of vessels designed and equipped for performing passenger transport, on sea or coastal waters, whether scheduled or not. The economic activities in this category include operation of ferries, water taxies and excursions, cruise or sightseeing boats.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.10, N77.21 and N77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirement of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Retrofit and upgrade of vessels designed and equipped for the transport of freight or passengers on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations and auxiliary activities, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels, salvage vessels and ice-breakers.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE codes H50.10, H50.2, H52.22, C33.15, N77.21 and N.77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility, cycle logistics
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of infrastructure for personal mobility, including the construction of roads, motorways bridges and tunnels and other infrastructure that are dedicated to pedestrians and bicycles, with or without electric assist.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.11, F42.12, F42.13, F43.21, F711 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, operation and maintenance of railways and subways as well as bridges and tunnels, stations, terminals, rail service facilities, safety and traffic management systems including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.12, F42.13, M71.12, M71.20, F43.21, and H52.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Where appropriate, given the sensitivity of the area affected, in particular in terms of the size of population affected, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.15.Infrastructure enabling road transport and public transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of motorways, streets, roads, other vehicular and pedestrian ways, surface work on streets, roads, highways, bridges or tunnels and construction of airfield runways, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products, and excludes the installation of street lighting and electrical signals.
The economic activities in this category could be classified under several NACE codes, in particular F42.11, F42.13, F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Where relevant, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with the Directive 2002/49/EC.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
Where relevant, maintenance of vegetation along road transport infrastructure ensures invasive species do not spread.
Mitigation measures have been implemented to avoid wildlife collisions.
|
6.16.Infrastructure for water transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation and operation of waterways, harbour and rivers works, pleasure ports, locks, dams and dykes and other, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products and excludes project management activities related to civil engineering works.
The economic activities in this category exclude dredging of waterways.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.91, F71.1 or F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the provisions of Directive 2000/60/EC, in particular with all the requirements laid down in Article 4 of the Directive. In accordance with Article 4 of Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular paragraph 7 of that Article, prior to refurbishment/construction, an impact assessment of the project is carried out to assess all its potential impacts on the status of water bodies within the same river basin and on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions.
The assessment is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydromorphological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
It assesses, in particular, the cumulated impacts of this new project with other existing or planned infrastructure in the river basin.
On the basis of that impact assessment, it has been established that the project is conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that it complies with one of the following requirements:
(a)the project does not entail any deterioration nor compromises the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body it relates to,
(b)where the project risks to deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, such deterioration is not significant, and is justified by a detailed cost-benefit assessment demonstrating both of the following:
(i)the overriding reasons in the public interest or the fact that the benefits expected from the planned navigation infrastructure project in terms of benefits to climate change mitigation/adaptation outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society
(ii)the fact that the overriding public interest or the benefits expected from the activity cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (such as nature based solution, alternative location, rehabilitation/refurbishment of existing infrastructures, or use of technologies not disrupting river continuity).
All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
Mitigation measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure conditions as close as possible to undisturbed continuity (including measures to ensure longitudinal and lateral continuity, minimum ecological flow and sediment flow);
(b)measures to protect or enhance morphological conditions and habitats for aquatic species;
(c)measures to reduce adverse impacts of eutrophication.
The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
The project does not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
In addition to the mitigation measures referred to above, and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not result in overall deterioration of status of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring (longitudinal or lateral) continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned navigation infrastructure project may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.17.Airport infrastructure
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation and operation of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of aircraft or the airport’s own operations, as well as for provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircraft.
The economic activities in this category could be classified under several NACE codes, in particular F41.20 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
7.Construction and real estate
7.1.Construction of new buildings
Description of the activity
Development of building projects for residential and non-residential buildings by bringing together financial, technical and physical means to realise the building projects for later sale as well as the construction of complete residential or non-residential buildings, on own account for sale or on a fee or contract basis.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41.1 and F41.2, including also activities under F43, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
The Primary Energy Demand (PED) setting out the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction does not exceed the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national regulation implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Where installed, except for installations in residential building units, the specified water use for the following water appliances are attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix E to Annex I to this Regulation:
(a)wash hand basin taps and kitchen taps have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
(b)showers have a maximum water flow of 8 litres/min;
(c)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
(d)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
To avoid impact from the construction site, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassembly or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials used in the construction comply with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Building components and materials used in the construction that may come into contact with occupiers emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component upon testing in accordance with the conditions specified in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and less than 0,001 mg of other categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/EN 16516 or ISO 16000-3 or other equivalent standardised test conditions and determination methods.
Where the new construction is located on a potentially contaminated site (brownfield site), the site has been subject to an investigation for potential contaminants, for example using standard ISO 18400.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
The new construction is not built on one of the following:
(a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to in the EU LUCAS survey;
(b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List or the IUCN Red List;
(c)land matching the definition of forest as set out in national law used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
|
7.2.Renovation of existing buildings
Description of the activity
Construction and civil engineering works or preparation thereof.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41 and F43 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Where installed as part of the renovation works, except for renovation works in residential building units, the specified water use for the following water appliances is attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix E to Annex I to this Regulation:
(a)wash hand basin taps and kitchen taps have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
(b)showers have a maximum water flow of 8 litres/min;
(c)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
(d)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassembly or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials used in the construction complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Building components and materials used in the building renovation that may come into contact with occupiers emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component upon testing in accordance with the conditions specified in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and less than 0,001 mg of other categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/EN 16516 or ISO 16000-3:2011 or other equivalent standardised test conditions and determination methods .
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A.
|
7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment
Description of the activity
Individual renovation measures consisting in installation, maintenance or repair of energy efficiency equipment. The economic activities in this category consist in one of the following individual measures, provided that they comply with minimum requirements set for individual components and systems in the applicable national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU and, where applicable, are rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation:
(a)addition of insulation to existing envelope components, such as external walls (including green walls), roofs (including green roofs), lofts, basements and ground floors (including measures to ensure air-tightness, measures to reduce the effects of thermal bridges and scaffolding) and products for the application of the insulation to the building envelope (including mechanical fixings and adhesive);
(b)replacement of existing windows with new energy efficient windows;
(c)replacement of existing external doors with new energy efficient doors;
(d)installation and replacement of energy efficient light sources;
(e)installation, replacement, maintenance and repair of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) and water heating systems, including equipment related to district heating services, with highly efficient technologies;
(f)installation of low water and energy using kitchen and sanitary water fittings which comply with technical specifications set out in Appendix A to Annex I to this Regulation and in case of shower solutions, mixer showers, shower outlets and taps have a max water flow of 6 L/min or less attested by an existing label in the Union market.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, S95.21, S95.22, C33.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials comply with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
In case of addition of thermal insulation to an existing building envelope, a building survey is carried out in accordance with national law by a competent specialist with training in asbestos surveying. Any stripping of lagging that contains or is likely to contain asbestos, breaking or mechanical drilling or screwing or removal of insulation board, tiles and other asbestos containing materials is carried out by appropriately trained personnel, with health monitoring before, during and after the works, in accordance with national law.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings)
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings and parking spaces attached to buildings.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings, consisting in one of the following measures:
(a)installation, maintenance and repair of zoned thermostats, smart thermostat systems and sensing equipment, including motion and day light control;
(b)installation, maintenance and repair of building automation and control systems, building energy management systems (BEMS), lighting control systems and energy management systems (EMS);
(c)installation, maintenance and repair of smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity;
(d)installation, maintenance and repair of façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, and C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies, on-site, consisting in one of the following individual measures, if installed on-site as technical building systems:
(a)installation, maintenance and repair of solar photovoltaic systems and the ancillary technical equipment;
(b)installation, maintenance and repair of solar hot water panels and the ancillary technical equipment;
(c)installation, maintenance, repair and upgrade of heat pumps contributing to the targets for renewable energy in heat and cool in accordance with Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and the ancillary technical equipment;
(d)installation, maintenance and repair of wind turbines and the ancillary technical equipment;
(e)installation, maintenance and repair of solar transpired collectors and the ancillary technical equipment;
(f)installation, maintenance and repair of thermal or electric energy storage units and the ancillary technical equipment;
(g)installation, maintenance and repair of high efficiency micro CHP (combined heat and power) plant;
(h)installation, maintenance and repair of heat exchanger/recovery systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings
Description of the activity
Buying real estate and exercising ownership of that real estate.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code L68 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
For buildings built before 31 December 2020, the building has at least an Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) class C. As an alternative, the building is within the top 30% of the national or regional building stock expressed as operational Primary Energy Demand (PED) and demonstrated by adequate evidence, which at least compares the performance of the relevant asset to the performance of the national or regional stock built before 31 December 2020 and at least distinguishes between residential and non-residential buildings.
For buildings built after 31 December 2020, the Primary Energy Demand (PED) defining the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction does not exceed the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national regulation implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.Information and communication
8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities
Description of the activity
Storage, manipulation, management, movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission or reception of diversity of data through data centres, including edge computing.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J63.1.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity has demonstrated best efforts to implement the relevant practices listed as “expected practices” in the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency, or in CEN-CENELEC document CLC TR50600-99-1 “Data centre facilities and infrastructures - Part 99-1: Recommended practices for energy management” and has implemented all expected practices that have been assigned the maximum value of 5 according to the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The equipment used meets the requirements laid down in Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products.
The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed the maximum values listed in that Annex.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for re-use, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.2.Computer programming, consultancy and related activities
Description of the activity
Providing expertise in the field of information technologies: writing, modifying, testing and supporting software; planning and designing computer systems that integrate computer hardware, software and communication technologies; on-site management and operation of clients’ computer systems or data processing facilities; and other professional and technical computer-related activities.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J62 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.3.Programming and broadcasting activities
Description of the activity
Programming and broadcasting activities include creating content or acquiring the right to distribute content and subsequently broadcasting that content, such as radio, television and data programs of entertainment, news, talk, and the like, including data broadcasting, typically integrated with radio or TV broadcasting. The broadcasting can be performed using different technologies, over-the-air, via satellite, via a cable network or via Internet. This also includes the production of programs that are typically narrowcast in nature (limited format, such as news, sports, education, and youth-oriented programming) on a subscription or fee basis, to a third party, for subsequent broadcasting to the public.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J60 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
9.Professional, scientific and technical activities
9.1.Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change
Description of the activity
Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code M71.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/20061.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria specified this section
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
The economic activity is predominantly aimed at the provision of consultancy that helps one or more economic activities for which the technical screening criteria have been set out in this Annex to meet those respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change adaptation, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
The economic activity complies with one the following criteria:
(a)it uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
(i)properly reflect climate change risks;
(ii)do not rely only on historical trends;
(iii)integrate forward-looking scenarios;
(b)it develops climate models and projections, services and assessment of impacts, the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
The economic activity removes information, financial, technological and capacity barriers to adaptation.
The potential to reduce material impacts due to climate risks is mapped through a robust climate risk assessment in the target economic activity.
Activities in architectural design take into account climate proofing guidelines, climate-related hazards modelling and enable the adaptation of construction and infrastructure, including building codes and integrated management systems.
The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity is not undertaken for the purposes of fossil fuel extraction or fossil fuel transport.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
9.2.Close to market research, development and innovation
Description of the activity
Research, applied research and experimental development of solutions, processes, technologies, business models and other products dedicated to climate change adaptation.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code M72 or for research that is an integral part of those economic activities for which technical screening criteria are specified in this Annex the NACE codes set out in other Sections of this Annex in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity researches, innovates or develops solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models, including nature based and nature inspired solutions, dedicated to enable one or more activities for which the technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex to meet the respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change adaptation to increase their climate-resilience, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
2. Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution already enables an activity or several activities addressed in this Annex to meet their technical screening criteria for substantial contribution, the research, development and innovation activity focuses on the delivery of technologies, products or other solutions with new significant advantages, such as better performance or lower cost.
3. The economic activity removes information, financial, technological and capacity barriers to adaptation through new or improved solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models, including nature based solutions.
4. The economic activity has the potential to reduce material impacts due to climate risks identified through a robust climate risk assessment in another economic activity through the development, research, or innovation of solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models, the risk reduction potential of which has at least been demonstrated in an operational environment at pre-commercial scale and are further substantiated through at least one of the following elements:
(a)the first use of a patent not older than 10 years associated with the solution, technology, product, process or business model;
(b)other forms of intellectual property rights associated with the solution, technology, product, process or business model, such as trade secrets, trademarks or copyrights;
(c)a permit obtained from a competent authority for operating the demonstration site associated with the solution, technology, product, process or business model for the duration of the demonstration project.
4. The economic activity uses state-of-art climate projections and assessment of impacts, the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications as a benchmark for the solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models it develops.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity is not undertaken for the purposes of fossil fuel extraction, transport or use.
The projected life-cycle GHG emissions from the researched technology, product or other solution do not undermine GHG mitigation objectives under the Paris Agreement or hinder the deployment of climate mitigation solutions.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Any potential risks to the good status or the good ecological potential of bodies of water, including surface water and groundwater, or to the good environmental status of marine waters from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Any potential risks to the circular economy objectives from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed, by considering the types of potential significant harm as set out in Article 17(1), point (d), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Any potential risks to generate a significant increase in the emissions of pollutants to air, water or land from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Any potential risks to the good condition or resilience of ecosystems or to the conservation status of habitats and species, including those of Union interest, from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
10.Financial and insurance activities
10.1.Non-life insurance: underwriting of climate-related perils
Description of the activity
Provision of the following insurance services (other than life insurance) as defined in Annex I of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 of 10 October 2014 related to the underwriting of climate related perils set out in Appendix A to this Annex:
(a)medical expense insurance;
(b)income protection insurance;
(c)workers' compensation insurance;
(d)motor vehicle liability insurance;
(e)other motor insurance;
(f)marine, aviation and transport insurance;
(g)fire and other damage to property insurance;
(h)assistance.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code K65.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. Leadership in modelling and pricing of climate risks:
1.1. The insurance activity uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
(a)properly reflect climate change risks;
(b)do not only rely on historical trend;
(c)integrate forward-looking scenarios.
1.2. The insurer publicly discloses how the climate change risks are considered in the insurance activity.
1.3. With the exception of legal restrictions on contractual conditions and insurance premiums, the insurance activity provides incentives for risk reduction by setting out the (pre)-conditions for the insurance coverage of risk and by acting as a price signal of risk. For the purpose of this point, reduced premiums or deductibles, possibly based on supportive information on existing/possible actions, to policyholders who protect an asset or activity against natural catastrophes damages may be considered an incentive for risk reduction.
1.4. After a climate risk event, the insurer provides information on the conditions under which coverage under the insurance activity could be renewed or maintained and in particular the benefits of building better in that context.
2. Product design:
2.1. Insurance products sold under the insurance activity offer risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by policyholders.
For the purpose of this point, where a policyholder has invested in adaptation measures, lower premiums may be considered as a risk-based reward for preventive actions taken by policyholders.
By way of derogation from this point, where legal restrictions on contractual conditions and insurance premiums prevent the insurance or reinsurance company from providing risk-based rewards, insurance products may instead provide to customers measures in relation to an asset, an activity, or people that prevent or protect against natural catastrophes. Such measures may be provided as information or advice to customers on climate risks and preventive measures that customers could take.
2.2. The distribution strategy for such products covers measures to ensure that policyholders are informed on the relevance of preventive measures that they could take, for the terms and conditions of the insurance coverage, including any impact of such measures on the insurance coverage or the premium level.
3. Innovative insurance coverage solutions:
3.1. Insurance products sold under the insurance activity offer coverage for the climate-related perils where the demands and needs of policyholders require so.
3.2. Depending on the demands and needs of individual customers, products may include specific risk transfer solutions such as protection against business interruption, contingent business interruption, other non-physical damage-related loss factors, cascading effects and interdependencies of hazards (secondary perils), cascading impacts of interacting natural and technological hazards, critical infrastructure failures.
4. Data sharing:
4.1. With due regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council, a significant share of loss data related to insurer’s activity is made available, free of charge, to one or several public authorities for the purpose of analytical research. Those public authorities declare to use the data for purposes of enhancing adaptation to climate change by the society in a region, country or internationally and the insurer provides the data at a level of granularity sufficient for the use declared by the respective public authorities.
4.2. Where the insurer is not yet sharing such data with a public authority for the aforementioned purpose, it has declared the intention to make its data available, free of charge, to interested third parties and has indicated under which conditions such data can be shared. That declaration of intention to share available data is easily accessible, including on the insurer’s website, for relevant public authorities.
5. High level of service in post-disaster situation:
Claims under insurance activity, both ongoing and those from large-scale loss events resulting from climate risks, are processed fairly with respect to customers, in accordance with high handling standards for claims and in timely fashion in line with applicable law and there has been no failure to do so in the context of recent large-scale loss events. Information as regards procedures on additional measures in case of large-scale loss events is publicly available.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity does not include insurance of the extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels or insurance of vehicles, property or other assets dedicated to such purposes.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
10.2.Reinsurance
Description of the activity
Coverage of risks stemming from climate-related perils set out in Appendix A to this Annex ceded by the insurer to the reinsurer. The coverage is set out in an agreement between insurer and reinsurer specifying the insurers’ products (“underlying product”) from which the ceded risks originate. A reinsurance intermediary may be involved in the preparation or conclusion of the contractual agreement between the insurer and the reinsurer.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code K65.20 in accordance with to the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1) point (b) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out this section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. Leadership in modelling and pricing of climate risks:
1.1. The reinsurance activity uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
(a)are used to properly reflect in the premium level the exposure, hazard and vulnerability to climate change risks as well as actions taken by the policyholder of the insurer to protect the insured asset or activity against those risks, where such information is provided by the insurer to the reinsurer;
(b)do not only rely on historical trends;
(c)integrate forward-looking scenarios.
1.2. The reinsurer discloses publicly how the risks stemming from climate-related perils are considered in the reinsurance activity.
2. Supporting development and supply of enabling non-life reinsurance products:
2.1. The reinsurance activity’s underlying products cover risks stemming from climate-related perils and reward, in a risk-based manner and without prejudice to legal restrictions on contractual conditions and insurance premiums, preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
2.2. The reinsurance activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)where desired by the insurer, the reinsurer engages with the insurer, either directly or via a reinsurance intermediary, during the development of the underlying product by:
(i)discussing possible reinsurance solutions that the reinsurer is willing to offer in relation to that product. The final product is brought to market using one of the reinsurance solutions that were discussed with the reinsurer during the product development phase;
(ii)providing data or other technical advice enabling the insurer to price the coverage for risks stemming from climate-related perils as well as risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders;
(a)the insurer would likely reduce or discontinue its coverage under the underlying product without the reinsurance agreement or a comparable reinsurance agreement in place;
(b)the reinsurer provides, as part of the business relationship with the insurer or the reinsurance intermediary, data or other technical advice or both enabling the insurer to offer coverage of risks stemming from climate-related perils and the coverage allows for risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
2.3. Where a reinsurance product applies at the level of a portfolio of underlying products, only a share of the reinsurance activity’s underlying products may cover risks stemming from climate- related perils and reward, in a risk-based manner, preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders for the purpose of point 2.1. In that case, the reinsurer is able to identify the share of reinsurance premiums that relate to those underlying products.
3. Innovative reinsurance coverage solutions:
3.1. Reinsurance products sold under the reinsurance activity offer coverage for risks stemming from climate-related perils where the demands and needs of the insurer’s clients, based on the underlying products, require so. Such insurance products appropriately reflect risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
3.2. Depending on the demands and needs of the individual customers of the insurer, reinsurance products may include specific risk transfer solutions which may include protection against business interruption, contingent business interruption, other non-physical damage-related loss factors, cascading effects and interdependencies of hazards (secondary perils), cascading impacts of interacting natural and technological hazards or critical infrastructure failures.
4. Data sharing:
4.1. With due regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/679, a significant share of loss data related to the reinsurer’s activity is made available, free of charge, to one or several public authorities for the purpose of analytical research. The public authorities declare to use the data for purposes of enhancing adaptation to climate change by the society in a region, country or internationally and the reinsurer provides the data at a level of granularity sufficient for the use declared by the respective public authorities.
4.2. Where the reinsurer is not yet sharing such data with a public authority for the aforementioned purpose, it has declared the intention to make its data available, free of charge, to interested third parties and has indicated under which conditions such data can be shared. That declaration of intention to share available data is easily accessible, including on the reinsurer’s website, for relevant public authorities.
5. High level of service in post-disaster situation:
Claims under the reinsurance activity, both ongoing and those from large-scale loss events resulting from risks stemming from climate-related perils, are processed fairly with respect to customers, in accordance with high handling standards for claims and in timely fashion in line with applicable law and there has been no failure to do so in the context of recent large-scale loss events. Where appropriate, the reinsurer supports the insurer or the reinsurance intermediary in assessing the claims from the underlying product. Information as regards procedures on additional measures by the reinsurer in case of large-scale loss events is publicly available.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The reinsurance activity does not cover cession of insurance of the extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels or the cession of insurance of vehicles, property or other assets dedicated to such purposes.
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
11.Education
Description of the activity
Public or private education at any level or for any profession. The instructions may be oral or written and may be provided by radio, television, internet or via correspondence. It includes education by the different institutions in the regular school system at its different levels as well as adult education and literacy programmes, including military schools, academies and prison schools at their respective levels.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code P85 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
12.Human health and social work activities
12.1.Residential care activities
Description of the activity
Provision of residential care combined with either nursing, supervisory or other types of care as required by the residents. Facilities are a significant part of the production process and the care provided is a mix of health and social services with the health services being largely some level of nursing services.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code Q87 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures (1) the safe and environmentally-sound handling of hazardous waste (in particular toxic or infectious waste) and pharmaceuticals and (2) maximal re-use or recycling of non-hazardous waste, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners.
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
13.Arts, entertainment and recreation
13.1.Creative, arts and entertainment activities
Description of the activity
Creating, arts and entertainment activities include the provision of services to meet the cultural and entertainment interests of their customers. This includes the production and promotion of, and participation in, live performances, events or exhibits intended for public viewing and the provision of artistic, creative or technical skills for the production of artistic products and live performances. These activities exclude the operation of museums of all kinds, botanical and zoological gardens, the preservation of historical sites and nature reserves activities, gambling and betting activities as well as sports and amusement and recreation activities.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code R90 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
13.2.Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities
Description of the activity
Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities includes the activities of libraries and archives, the operation of museums of all kinds, botanical and zoological gardens, the operation of historical sites and nature reserves activities. These activities also include the preservation and exhibition of objects, sites and natural wonders of historical, cultural or educational interest, including world heritage sites. These activities exclude sports and amusement and recreation activities such as the operation of bathing beaches and recreation parks.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code R91 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
13.3.Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities
Description of the activity
Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities include the production of theatrical and non-theatrical motion pictures whether on film, video tape or disc for direct projection in theatres or for broadcasting on television, supporting activities such as film editing, cutting or dubbing, distribution of motion pictures and other film productions to other industries as well as motion picture or other film productions projection. Buying and selling of motion picture or other film productions distribution rights is also included. These activities also include the sound recording activities, including the production of original sound master recordings, releasing, promoting and distributing them, publishing of music as well as sound recording service activities in a studio or elsewhere.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J59 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
|
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with the primary objectives of:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities; or
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
Appendix A: Classification of climate-related hazards
|
|
Temperature-related
|
Wind-related
|
Water-related
|
Solid mass-related
|
|
Chronic
|
Changing temperature (air, freshwater, marine water)
|
Changing wind patterns
|
Changing precipitation patterns and types (rain, hail, snow/ice)
|
Coastal erosion
|
|
|
Heat stress
|
|
Precipitation or hydrological variability
|
Soil degradation
|
|
|
Temperature variability
|
|
Ocean acidification
|
Soil erosion
|
|
|
Permafrost thawing
|
|
Saline intrusion
|
Solifluction
|
|
|
|
|
Sea level rise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water stress
|
|
|
Acute
|
Heat wave
|
Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon
|
Drought
|
Avalanche
|
|
|
Cold wave/frost
|
Storm (including blizzards, dust and sandstorms)
|
Heavy precipitation (rain, hail, snow/ice)
|
Landslide
|
|
|
Wildfire
|
Tornado
|
Flood (coastal, fluvial, pluvial, ground water)
|
Subsidence
|
|
|
|
|
Glacial lake outburst
|
|
Appendix B: Generic criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed with the aim of achieving good water status and good ecological potential as defined in Article 2, points (22) and (23), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC and a water use and protection management plan, developed thereunder for the potentially affected water body or bodies, in consultation with relevant stakeholders.
Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
Appendix C: Generic criteria for DNSH to pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals
The activity does not lead to the manufacture, placing on the market or use of:
(a) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in articles, listed in Annexes I or II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, except in the case of substances present as an unintentional trace contaminant;
(b) mercury and mercury compounds, their mixtures and mercury-added products as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/852;
(c) substances, whether on their own, in mixture or in articles, listed in Annex I or II to Regulation (EC) No 1005/2009;
(d) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an articles, listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where there is full compliance with Article 4(1) of that Directive;
(e) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, listed in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, except where there is full compliance with the conditions specified in that Annex;
(f) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, meeting the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 and identified in accordance with Article 59(1) of that Regulation, except where their use has been proven to be essential for the society;
(g) other substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, that meet the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, except where their use has been proven to be essential for the society.
Appendix D: Generic criteria for DNSH to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening has been completed in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU.
Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment, where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures are implemented.